Category: Commerce

  • MIL-OSI: Coface SA: Coface confirms its good start to the year and continues its strategic investments. Annualised return on tangible equity at 12.6%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Coface confirms its good start to the year and continues its strategic investments. Annualised return on tangible equity at 12.6%

    Paris, 31 July 2025 – 5.35 p.m.

    • Turnover: €937m, up +2.3% at constant FX and perimeter
      • Trade Credit Insurance revenue up +1.7%; client activity up +1.8%
      • Client retention back up at near-record (94.0% vs. 92.8% in H1-24); pricing remained negative
        (-1.6%), in line with historical trends
      • Business Information growing again double-digit (+14.7% at constant FX); Debt Collection up +35.0%; Factoring down slightly by -1.5% due to lower interest rates
    • Net loss ratio at 40.1%, up 5.1 ppts; net combined ratio at 71.3%, up 7.9 ppts
      • Gross loss ratio at 37.8%, up 5.3 ppts year-on-year but improving slightly in Q2-25 relative to the previous quarter, showing good risk control
      • Net cost ratio up 2.8 ppts at 31.2%, reflecting past inflation as well as continued investments
    • Coface continues to strengthen its credit insurance business and is rolling out its data strategy:
      • Strengthening governance with the appointment of Joerg Diewald as Director of Information Services and Partnerships and Thibault Surer as head of a new technology division focused on data, connectivity and product innovation
      • Creation of a new Lloyd’s syndicate allowing Coface to offer AA solutions to its clients
      • Acquisition of Cedar Rose and Novertur International
    • Net income (Group share) at €124.2m, down 12.7% compared with the record set in H1-24. Annualised RoATE1at 12.6%
    • Estimated solvency ratio of 195%2, above the target range (155% – 175%)

    Unless otherwise indicated, changes are expressed by comparison with the results as at 30 June 2024.

    Commenting, Xavier Durand, CEO of Coface, said:
    Coface generated net income of €62m in Q2-25, down from a record Q2-24. The number of bankruptcies worldwide has continued to rise steadily and is now well above pre-COVID levels. Through constant vigilance and flawless execution, we have contained the increase in the loss experience, with the uncertainties created by the increase in tariffs in the United States having probably yet to fully materialise.
    However, our revenues are growing, both in credit insurance and services. This growth is being driven by our investments, which have brought new business to a record level in insurance and services.
    These deliberate investments strengthen our distribution capabilities, the range of products and services available to our clients, and our risk analysis tools. Since the beginning of the year, we have made two acquisitions in information services, Cedar Rose and Novertur. We have also announced the launch of a Lloyd’s syndicate to offer AA solutions to some of our clients.
    Lastly, our solvency ratio remains high, at 195%.”  

    Key figures at 30 June 2025

    The Board of Directors of COFACE SA examined the consolidated financial statements at 30 June 2025 at its meeting of 31 July 2025. These statements were also previously reviewed by the Audit Committee at its meeting of 30 July 2025. These interim consolidated financial statements have been subject to limited review by the Statutory Auditors. The limited review report is being issued.

    Income statement items in €m H1-24 H1-25 Variation % ex FX*
    Insurance revenue 754.3 760.0 +0.8% +1.7%
    Other revenues 168.5 176.6 +4.9% +4.8%
    REVENUE 922.7 936.6 +1.5% +2.3%
    UNDERWRITING INCOME (LOSS) NET OF REINSURANCE 195.0 153.6 (21.2)% (20.3)%
    Investment income, net of management expenses,excluding finance costs 40.8 26.3 (35.4)% (36.0)%
    Insurance finance expenses (18.1) 6.7 (137.1)% (130.8)%
    CURRENT OPERATING INCOME 217.7 186.6 (14.3)% (14.1)%
    Other operating income and expenses (0.5) (0.6) +21.8% +12.2%
    OPERATING INCOME 217.2 186.0 (14.4)% (14.2)%
    NET INCOME (GROUP SHARE) 142.3 124.2 (12.7)% (12.7)%
             
    Key ratios H1-24 H1-25 Variation
    Loss ratio after reinsurance 35.0% 40.1% 5.1 ppts
    Cost ratio after reinsurance 28.4% 31.2% 2.8 ppts
    COMBINED RATIO AFTER REINSURANCE 63.4% 71.3% 7.9 ppts
             
    Balance sheet items in €m 2024 H1-25 Variation
    Total equity (Group share) 2,193.6 2,098,0 (4.4)%
      H1-24 H1-25    
    Solvency ratio 195%1 195%1 0 ppt

    * Excluding scope effect.
    1This estimated solvency ratio is a preliminary calculation made according to Coface’s interpretation of Solvency II regulations and using the Partial Internal Model. The final calculation may differ from this preliminary calculation. The estimated solvency ratio is not audited.

    1.   Revenue

    Coface posted consolidated turnover of €937m in the first half of 2025, up +2.3% at constant FX and perimeter compared with H1-24. On a reported basis (at current FX and perimeter), turnover was up +1.5%.

    Revenues from insurance activities (including Bonding and Single Risk) increased +1.7% at constant FX and perimeter, benefiting from a slight increase in client activity and the return to a record retention level at 94.0%. New business reached €76m, the highest since H1-20, driven by an increase in demand and benefiting from growth investments made by Coface.

    Growth in client activity had a positive impact of +1.8% in H1-25 against a backdrop of extreme political uncertainty, particularly in terms of tariffs, and modest economic growth. The price effect remained negative at -1.6% in H1-25, in line with long-term trends. This decrease is largely explained by a very low past loss experience, offset by today’s return to normal.

    Turnover from non-insurance activities was up +8.2% compared with H1-24. Factoring turnover fell -1.5% in H1-25 and -2.2% in Q2 25 on lower interest rates and weak client activity in Germany and Poland. Information services turnover continued to post double-digit growth, at +14.7%. Debt Collection commissions increased, from a still modest base, by +35% due to the increase in claims to be collected. Fee and commission were up +2.3%.

    Total revenue in €m
    (by invoicing region)
    H1-24 H1-25 Variation % ex FX3
    Northern Europe 185.0 185.2 +0.1% +0.1%
    Western Europe 187.6 191.6 +2.1% +1.0%
    Central and Eastern Europe 87.0 83.9 (3.5)% (3.8)%
    Mediterranean & Africa 276.0 280.2 +1.5% +3.0%
    North America 88.7 87.7 (1.2)% +2.0%
    Latin America 38.2 41.5 +8.6% +17.5%
    Asia-Pacific 60.2 66.5 +10.5% +9.5%
    Total Group 922.7 936.6 +1.5% +2.3%

    In the Northern Europe region, turnover was up +0.1% at constant and current FX. The credit insurance business benefited from robust new business and a high retention rate. Factoring turnover was down -1.6%.

    In Western Europe, turnover rose +1.0% at constant FX (2.1% at current FX) on solid sales performances in services (+27%) and credit insurance, offsetting the loss of a contract with a financial institution.

    In Central and Eastern Europe, turnover was down -3.8% at constant FX (-3.5% at current FX) but improved significantly compared with the previous quarter (-6.9%). Credit insurance was negatively impacted by a non-recurring effect recorded in 2024, as well as the transfer of a major contract to the Asia-Pacific region.

    In the Mediterranean & Africa region, which is driven by Italy and Spain, turnover increased +3.0% at constant FX and +1.5% at current FX, the result of a high retention rate and a more dynamic economy overall.

    In North America, turnover rose +2.0% at constant FX (-1.2% on a reported basis). The region is benefiting from an improvement in new business. Reported figures have been adversely affected by the sharp fall in the US dollar since the beginning of the year.

    In Latin America, turnover was up +17.5% at constant FX and +8.6% at current FX. The region is benefiting from the persistently high level of local inflation, which is benefiting client activity.

    Turnover in the Asia-Pacific region was up +9.5% at constant FX and +10.5% at current FX, driven by a high retention rate, a rebound in client activity, and the transfer of a client from another region.

    2.   Result

    • Combined ratio

    The combined ratio after reinsurance stood at 71.3% in H1-25 (up 7.9 ppts year on year) and 74.0% in Q2-25, reaching a level close to the cycle average.

    (i)  Loss ratio

    The gross loss ratio stood at 37.8%, up 5.3 ppts year-on-year. This increase reflects the return to normal of the loss experience, offset by the reserve releases, which remain at a high level. The number of mid-sized claims increased but remains below long-term trends.

    The Group’s reserving policy remained unchanged. The amount of provisions related to the underwriting year, although discounted, remained in line with the historical average. The rigorous management of past claims enabled the Group to record 41.0 ppts of recoveries.

    The net loss ratio increased to 40.1%, up 5.1 ppts compared with H1-24, but close to the level reached in H1-23 (40.3%), in today’s more difficult economic environment.

    (ii)  Cost ratio

    Coface is pursuing its strict cost management policy while maintaining its investments, in accordance with the Power the Core strategic plan. Costs were up +7.0% in H1-25 at constant FX and perimeter and +6.3% at current FX.

    The cost ratio before reinsurance stood at 34.6% in H1-25, up 2.0 ppts year on year. This increase mainly resulted from cost inflation (0.6 ppt) as well as continued investments (2.3 ppts). Conversely, the improved product mix (information services, debt collection and fee and commission income) had a positive effect of -0.9 ppt. The trend in reinsurance commissions explains the remainder of the variation.

    • Financial income

    Income from financial investments was +€26.3m in the first half of the year. The total includes an FX effect of -€17.0m on financial assets, owing to the sharp fall in the dollar against the euro, as well as a negative impact of the application of IAS 29 (hyperinflation) in Turkey of -€6.7m.

    The portfolio’s current income (i.e. excluding capital gains, depreciation and FX) was €52.1m. The accounting yield4, excluding capital gains and fair value effect, was 1.6% in H1-25. The yield on new investments was 3.7%.

    Insurance finance expenses (IFE) were positive at €6.7m in H1-25. They include a significant FX gain (+€23.1m) on technical liabilities, which reflects the expense recorded on assets and partially on net loss.

    • Operating income and net income

    Operating income totalled €186.0m in H1-25, down 14.4%, approaching the level reached in H1-23.

    The effective tax rate in H1-25 was 25% (vs. 27% in H1-24).

    Overall, net income (Group share) was €124.2m, down 12.7% compared with H1-24, slightly below the result in H1-23 (€128.8m) in a more difficult economic environment.

    3.   Shareholders’ equity

    At 30 June 2025, Group shareholders’ equity was €2,098.0m, down €95.6m or -4.4% (€2,193.6m at 31 December 2024).

    The change is mainly due to positive net income of €124.2m, the dividend payment of -€209m, and the increase in unrealised capital gains (€21.9m).

    The annualised return on average tangible equity (RoATE) was 12.6% at 30 June 2025, down compared with the previous year, in line with the decline in net income.

    The solvency ratio stood at 195%5, stable compared with H1-24. It remains well above the Group’s target range (155%-175%).

    4.   Outlook

    The second quarter of 2025 was marked by the continued increase in tariffs announced by the United States. The US administration’s announcements of sharp increases alternated with deferments of varying duration and the signing of a few bilateral agreements. As things stand today, tariffs on imports from Europe should reach 15%.

    Some tariffs (automotive, metals) have already come into force and have had direct negative consequences on the trade flows of the goods concerned. Conversely, announcements of deferred tariffs triggered advance purchases, bolstering economic activity. Lastly, extreme uncertainty as to the final outcome of the tariff issue have led to a postponement of investments as well as the redirection of Chinese exports, particularly towards markets deemed more stable.

    This highly uncertain environment is impacting global trade and the health of companies in markedly different ways. During the second quarter, Coface downgraded the ratings of 23 sectors and 4 countries. Persistent inflationary pressures are preventing central banks from cutting rates for now. Demand is being supported solely by the maintenance of high public deficits and the continuation of an extremely strong investment cycle to foster the development of AI technology.

    Business failures have increased in 80% of advanced economies and are now at a decade high, 20% to 25% higher than in 2019.

    Coface’s expertise in risk management and services (information services, debt collection) is more relevant than ever in this context of rapid change. The company is resolutely pursuing its investments while they weigh on the cost ratio in the short term. Since the beginning of the year, Coface has announced two acquisitions (Cedar Rose and Novertur) as well as the creation of a Lloyd’s syndicate and a technology division.

    Conference call for financial analysts

    Coface’s H1-2025 results will be discussed with financial analysts during the conference call that will take place on Thursday 31 July at 6.00 p.m. (Paris time). It will be accessible:

    The presentation will be available (in English only) at the following address:
    http://www.coface.com/fr/Investisseurs/Résultats-et-rapports-financiers

    Appendices

    Quarterly results

    Income statement items in €m
    Quarterly figures
    Q1-24 Q2-24 Q3-24 Q4-24 Q1-25 Q2-25   % % ex. FX*
    Insurance revenue 378.6 375.6 375.9 382.7 382.9 377.1   +0.4% +2.3%
    Other revenues 85.0 83.4 78.0 85.5 90.3 86.3   +3.5% +4.2%
    REVENUE 463.7 459.1 453.8 468.3 473.2 463.4   +0.9% +2.6%
    UNDERWRITING INCOME (LOSS)
    AFTER REINSURANCE
    100.3 94.7 88.8 84.9 85.4 68.2   (27.9)% (25.5)%
    Investment income, net of management expenses, excluding finance costs 17.9 22.8 19.0 31.9 10.4 15.9   (30.3)% (29.5)%
    Insurance finance expenses (11.4) (6.7) (7.3) (17.1) (4.1) 10.8   (262.8)% (249.1)%
    CURRENT OPERATING INCOME 106.8 110.9 100.5 99.7 91.6 95.0   (14.3)% (12.9)%
    Other operating income and expenses (0.1) (0.5) (2.6) (5.5) (0.4) (0.3)   (43.9)% (48.0)%
    OPERATING INCOME 106.8 110.4 97.9 94.2 91.2 94.7   (14.2)% (12.7)%
    NET INCOME (GROUP SHARE) 68.4 73.8 65.4 53.4 62.1 62.1   (15.9)% (14.7)%
    Income tax rate 27.2% 26.8% 25.5% 36.2% 23.0% 26.3%   (0,5) ppt

    Cumulated results

    Income statement items in €m
    Cumulated figures
    Q1-24 H1-24 9M-24 FY-24 Q1-25 H1-25   % % ex. FX*  
    Insurance revenue 378.6 754.3 1,130.2 1,512.9 382.9 760.0   +0.8% +1.7%  
    Other revenues 85.0 168.5 246.4 331.9 90.3 176.6   +4.9% +4.8%  
    TURNOVER 463.7 922.7 1,376.6 1,844.8 473.2 936.6   +1.5% +2.3%  
    UNDERWRITING INCOME (LOSS)
    AFTER REINSURANCE
    100.3 195.0 283.8 368.7 85.4 153.6   (21.2)% (20.3)%  
    Investment income, net of management expenses, excluding finance costs 17.9 40.8 59.8 91.7 10.4 26.3   (35.4)% (36.0)%  
    Insurance finance expenses (11.4) (18.1) (25.4) (42.5) (4.1) 6.7   (137.1)% (130.8)%  
    CURRENT OPERATING INCOME 106.8 217.7 318.2 417.9 91.6 186.6   (14.3)% (14.1)%  
    Other operating income and expenses (0.1) (0.5) (3.1) (8.6) (0.4) (0.6)   +21.8% +12.2%  
    OPERATING INCOME 106.8 217.2 315.1 409.2 91.2 186.0   (14.4)% (14.2)%  
    NET INCOME (GROUP SHARE) 68.4 142.3 207.7 261.1 62.1 124.2   (12.7)% (12.7)%  
    Income tax rate 27.2% 27.0% 26.5% 28.7% 23.0% 24.7%   (2,3) ppt

    * Excluding scope effect.

    CONTACTS

    INVESTOR/ANALYST RELATIONS
    Thomas Jacquet: +33 1 49 02 12 58 – thomas.jacquet@coface.com
    Rina Andriamiadantsoa: +33 1 49 02 15 85 – rina.andriamiadantsoa@coface.com

    MEDIA RELATIONS
    Saphia Gaouaoui: +33 1 49 02 14 91 – saphia.gaouaoui@coface.com
    Adrien Billet: +33 1 49 02 23 63 – adrien.billet@coface.com

    FINANCIAL CALENDAR 2025
    (subject to change)
    9M-2025 results: 3 November 2025, after market close

    FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    This press release, as well as all of COFACE SA’s regulated information, can be found on the Group’s website: https://www.coface.com/investors

    For regulated information on Alternative Performance Indicators (APMs), please refer to our Interim Financial Report for H1-2025 and our 2024 Universal Registration Document (see 3.7 “Key financial performance indicators”).

      Regulated documents posted by COFACE SA have been secured and authenticated with the blockchain technology by Wiztrust.
    You can check the authenticity on the website www.wiztrust.com.
     

    COFACE: FOR TRADE
    As a global leading player in trade credit risk management for almost 80 years, Coface helps companies grow and navigate in an uncertain and volatile environment.
    Whatever their size, location or sector, Coface provides 100,000 clients across some 200 markets. with a full range of solutions: Trade Credit Insurance, Business Information, Debt Collection, Single Risk insurance, Surety Bonds, Factoring.
    Every day, Coface leverages its unique expertise and cutting-edge technology to make trade happen, in both domestic and export markets.
    In 2024, Coface employed +5,200 people and recorded a turnover of ~€1.845 billion.

    www.coface.com

    COFACE SA is listed on Compartment A of Euronext Paris
    ISIN: FR0010667147 / Ticker: COFA

    DISCLAIMER – Certain statements in this press release may contain forecasts that notably relate to future events, trends, projects or targets. By nature, these forecasts include identified or unidentified risks and uncertainties, and they may be affected by many factors likely to give rise to a significant discrepancy between the real results and those stated in these statements. Please refer to chapter 5 “Main risk factors and their management within the Group” of the Coface Group’s 2024 Universal Registration Document filed with AMF on 3 April 2025 under the number D.25-0227 to obtain a description of certain major factors, risks and uncertainties likely to influence the Coface Group’s businesses. The Coface Group disclaims any intention or obligation to publish an update of these forecasts or to provide new information on future events or any other circumstance.


    1 RoATE = Return on average tangible equity.
    2 This estimated solvency ratio is a preliminary calculation made according to Coface’s interpretation of Solvency II regulations and using the Partial Internal Model. The final calculation may differ from this preliminary calculation. The estimated solvency ratio is not audited.
    3 Excluding scope effect.
    4 Book yield calculated on the average of the investment portfolio excluding non-consolidated investments.
    5 This estimated solvency ratio is a preliminary calculation made according to Coface’s interpretation of Solvency II regulations and using the Partial Internal Model. The final calculation may differ from this preliminary calculation. The estimated solvency ratio is not audited.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Coface SA: 2025 half-year financial report available

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    2025 half-year financial report available

    Paris, 31 July 2025 – 17.35

    Coface announces today that its half-year financial report for 2025 is now available and was filed with the French financial market authority (Autorité des marchés financiers – AMF).

    This report is also on Coface website in “Investor Relations” section (Investor Resources – Coface Group Financial Reports | Coface).

    Copies are available, free of charge and on request by writing to the Company at 1 place Costes et Bellonte, 92270 Bois-Colombes, France.

    The present press release and the full regulated information concerning COFACE SA are available on the Group’s website Financial press releases & Publication announcements | Coface.

    CONTACTS

    ANALYSTS / INVESTORS
    Thomas JACQUET: +33 1 49 02 12 58 – thomas.jacquet@coface.com
    Rina ANDRIAMIADANTSOA: +33 1 49 02 15 85 – rina.andriamiadantsoa@coface.com

    MEDIA RELATIONS
    Saphia GAOUAOUI: +33 1 49 02 14 91 – saphia.gaouaoui@coface.com
    Adrien BILLET: +33 1 49 02 23 63 – adrien.billet@coface.com

    FINANCIAL CALENDAR 2025
    (subject to change)
    9M-2025 results: 3 November 2025 (after market close)

    FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    This press release, as well as COFACE SA’s integral regulatory information, can be found on the Group’s website: http://www.coface.com/Investors

    For regulated information on Alternative Performance Measures (APM), please refer to our Interim Financial Report for H1-2025 and our 2024 Universal Registration Document (see part 3.7 “Key financial performance indicators”).

      Regulated documents posted by COFACE SA have been secured and authenticated with the blockchain technology by Wiztrust.
    You can check the authenticity on the website www.wiztrust.com.
     

    COFACE: FOR TRADE
    As a global leading player in trade credit risk management for almost 80 years, Coface helps companies grow and navigate in an uncertain and volatile environment.
    Whatever their size, location or sector, Coface provides 100,000 clients across some 200 markets. with a full range of solutions: Trade Credit Insurance, Business Information, Debt Collection, Single Risk insurance, Surety Bonds, Factoring.
    Every day, Coface leverages its unique expertise and cutting-edge technology to make trade happen, in both domestic and export markets.
    In 2024, Coface employed +5,200 people and recorded a turnover of ~€1.845 billion.

    www.coface.com

    COFACE SA is listed in Compartment A of Euronext Paris
    ISIN: FR0010667147 / Ticker: COFA

    DISCLAIMER – Certain declarations featured in this press release may contain forecasts that notably relate to future events, trends, projects or targets. By nature, these forecasts include identified or unidentified risks and uncertainties, and may be affected by many factors likely to give rise to a significant discrepancy between the real results and those stated in these declarations. Please refer to chapter 5 “Main risk factors and their management within the Group” of the Coface Group’s 2024 Universal Registration Document filed with AMF on 5 April 2025 under the number D.25-0227 in order to obtain a description of certain major factors, risks and uncertainties likely to influence the Coface Group’s businesses. The Coface Group disclaims any intention or obligation to publish an update of these forecasts, or provide new information on future events or any other circumstance.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: 2025 second-quarter results Solid performance amid a volatile environment Annual Net Cash Flow objective reaffirmed

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Paris (France), July 31, 2025

    2025 second-quarter results
    Solid performance amid a volatile environment
    Annual Net Cash Flow objective reaffirmed

    • Segment revenue of $274m in Q2 2025, up +6% year-on-year, fueled by Geoscience (GEO) and Sensing & Monitoring (SMO)
    • Segment adjusted EBITDAs of $107m in Q2 2025 (+14% year-on-year) or 39% margin (c.+270 bps). Profitability increase mostly driven by: 1/ the end of vessel penalties at EDA in January 2025 and 2/ good progress on the restructuring plan at SMO
    • Net Cash Flow generation of $30m in Q2 2025
    • Bond maturity extended to October 2030 after end-March 2025 successful refinancing, $125m available RCF1
    • 2025 financial objectives reaffirmed

    Sophie Zurquiyah, Chair and CEO of Viridien: “Viridien delivered a solid performance in the second quarter of 2025. Despite a volatile environment, the Group demonstrated resilience, driven by its primary focus on offshore markets and on leading oil companies. Combined with ongoing internal performance improvements, this resulted in robust year-on-year growth in both segment revenue and margins. From a cash perspective, Viridien generated a solid $30 m in Net Cash Flow during the quarter, reinforcing our confidence in reaching our full-year target of $100 m. The combination of a healthy Geoscience backlog and expected licensing activity toward year-end supports our confidence in maintaining momentum on our deleveraging path.”

    (in millions of $)2 Q2 2025 Q2 2024 Change (%) H1 2025 H1 2024 Change (%)
    Segment figures            
    Revenue 274 258 +6% 575 532 +8%
    Adjusted EBITDAs 107 94 +14% 250 200 +25%
    IFRS figures            
    Revenue 234 317 -26% 492 566 -13%
    EBITDAs 68 150 -55% 167 230 -27%
    Operating Income 15 52 -72% 71 72 -1%
    Net Income 6 35 -83% -22 32 n.a.
    Net Cash Flow 30 -6 n.a. 10 24 -61%
    Net Debt 997 941 +6% 997 941 +6%

    KEY HIGHLIGHTS PER BUSINESS LINE3

    Data, Digital and Energy Transition (DDE)

    Segment revenue at $181 m in Q2 2025, up +3% year-on-year driven by Geoscience. New business opportunities are emerging in HPC, while low-carbon initiatives are slowing down due to delays in CCUS projects.

    Geoscience (GEO)

    • Revenue at $115 m (+10%)
    • Solid performance mostly driven by work performed in Latin America and Middle East
    • For the past few years, Viridien has seen growing demand for advanced, high-quality, high-end subsurface imaging, especially in the US Gulf, Middle East, North Africa, and South America

    Earth Data (EDA)

    • Revenue at $66 m (-8%), following a strong performance in the first quarter of 2025
    • New OBN projects started in Norway and the US Gulf

    Segment adjusted EBITDAs reached $101 m, up +6% year-on-year, with a margin increase of c.+160 basis points. This performance reflects improving margins in Earth Data, which now fully benefits from the end of the vessel capacity agreement. EDA Cash EBITDA breakeven over the period.

    Sensing and Monitoring (SMO)

    Segment revenue at $93 m in Q2 2025, a solid +14% increase year-on-year. Activity is mostly driven by the Land segment, with strong deliveries of nodal system in South America and cabled systems in the MENA region, in particular. The Marine segment remains subdued. In New Businesses, Infrastructure monitoring is showing double-digit growth, while our Marlin Offshore Logistics solution achieved encouraging initial commercial success, with a contract signed with ONGC.

    Segment adjusted EBITDAs stood at $13 m, more than double last year’s figure, reflecting both revenue growth and the gradual positive impact of ongoing restructuring actions. In margin terms, second-quarter EBITDA reached nearly 13.7%, representing a c.+620 bp improvement year-on-year.

    Segment adjusted Operating income at $7 m vs -$2m in Q2 2024.

    CONSOLIDATED IFRS FIGURES4

    Profit & Loss

    Consolidated IFRS revenue for the second quarter of 2025 came in at $234m, down -26% year-on-year. EBITDAs stood at $68m, down -55%.

    IFRS Net Income reaches $6m, vs $35m in the second quarter of 2024, after accounting for -$53 m of leases and D&A, -$27m net cost of financial debt, +$12m other financial income linked to the partial capitalization of refinancing operation costs and partly offset by forex impacts, and +$6m of deferred tax assets.

    (in millions of $) Q2 2025 Q2 2024 Change (%) H1 2025 H1 2024 Change (%)
    €/$ exchange rate  1.12 1.08     1.08 1.08   
    Revenue 234 317 -26% 492 566 -13%
    EBITDAs 68 150 -55% 167 230 -27%
    Operating income 15 52 -72% 71 72 -1%
    Equity from investment -1 0 n.a. -1 0 n.a.
    Net cost of financial debt -27 -25 +6% -52 -49 +6%
    Other financial income (loss) 12 -1 n.a. -34 -1 n.s.
    Income taxes 6 -8 n.a. -7 -6 +32%
    Net Income (loss) from continuing operations 5 19 -74% -24 16 n.a.
    Net Income (loss) from discontinued operations 1 16 -92% 2 16 -88%
    Consolidated Net Income (loss) 6 35 -83% -22 32 n.a.

    Cash Flow and Net debt

    Net Cash Flow of $10 m generated in the first half of 2025, including $30 m in the second quarter alone. A solid performance in light of the significant pressure on the Group’s working capital, caused by overdue receivables from Mexican National Oil Company PEMEX (c.$50 m as of June 30, 2025) and largely contributing to the negative -$46m change in working capital over the period.

    Also worth noting that Net Cash Flow in the first half of 2024 included a one-off positive inflow of $38 m, related to the settlement of a litigation with ONGC.

    (in millions of $) Q2 2025 Q2 2024 Change (%) H1 2025 H1 2024 Change (%)
    Segment EBITDAs 108 91 +19% 250 196 +28%
    Income Tax Paid -4 -9 -52% -8 -12 -31%
    Change in Working Capital & Provisions 1 -3 n.a. -46 -3 n.s.
    Other Cash Items -1 0 n.a. -1 0 n.a.
    Cash from Operating Activity 103 78 +32% 195 180 +8%
    Total Capex -58 -57 +1% -119 -115 +3%
    Acquisitions and Proceeds of Assets 1 0 n.a. 1 0 n.s.
    Cash from Investing Activity -56 -56 0% -118 -114 +3%
    Paid Cost of Debt -1 -45 -97% -40 -43 -8%
    Lease Repayment -16 -16 +5% -26 -27 -5%
    Cash from Financing Activity -18 -61 -71% -67 -71 -6%
    Discontinued Operations Acquisitions 0 33 -100% 0 30 -100%
    Net Cash Flow 30 -6 n.a. 10 24 -60%

    Bond maturity significantly extended to October 2030 following the successful refinancing at end-March 2025.
    Ample liquidity in place, including a $125m RCF5.

    (in millions of $) June 30, 2025 Dec. 31, 2024 Change (%) June 30, 2024 Change (%)
    Liquidity 262 392 -33% 430 -39%
    Cash 162 302 -46% 340 -52%
    Undrawn RCF 100 90 +11% 90 +11%
    Gross Debt 1,158 1,223 -5% 1,281 -10%
    Bonds 9876 1,049 -6% 1,126 -12%
    Other borrowings 31 31 -1% 32 -3%
    Accrued interests 25 18 +33% 20 +24%
    Lease liabilities 116 125 -7% 103 +12%
    Net Debt 997 921 +8% 941 +6%

    OUTLOOK

    The oil price environment has remained volatile in recent months but consistently above the $60/bbl threshold, generally considered an industry equilibrium level. In this context, Oil & Gas companies have maintained most of their exploration and development commitments, particularly in Viridien’s core segments.

    Assuming no major disruption to the current environment, Viridien reaffirms its confidence in generating around $100m in Net Cash Flow for 2025, supported by:

    • Geoscience growth, driven by industry-leading technology and a strong backlog;
    • Earth Data late sales, expected to benefit from upcoming lease rounds, combined with disciplined new multi-client engagements;
    • Sensing & Monitoring, fueled by broad land activity.

    ***

    Q2 2025 conference call details

    The press release and presentation will be made available on www.viridiengroup.com at 5:45 p.m. (CET).

    An English-language conference call is scheduled today at 6:00 p.m. (CET).

    Participants must register for the conference call by clicking here to receive a dial-in number and PIN code. Participants may also join the live webcast by clicking here.

    A replay of the conference call will be available starting the following day, for a period of 12 months, in audio format on the Company’s website www.viridiengroup.com.

    Status of the statutory auditors’ procedures

    The Board of Directors met on July 31, 2025, and closed the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2025. Limited review procedures were completed, and an unqualified opinion has been issued by the statutory auditors.

    Next financial information

    2025 third-quarter results: October 30, 2025 (after market close)

    About Viridien

    Viridien (www.viridiengroup.com) is an advanced technology, digital and Earth data company that pushes the boundaries of science for a more prosperous and sustainable future. With our ingenuity, drive and deep curiosity we discover new insights, innovations, and solutions that efficiently and responsibly resolve complex natural resources, digital, energy transition and infrastructure challenges. Viridien employs around 3,200 people worldwide and is listed as VIRI on the Euronext Paris SA (ISIN: FR001400PVN6).

    Disclaimer

    Certain information included in this press release is not historical data but forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and assumptions, including, but not limited to, assumptions about current and future business strategies and the environment in which Viridien operates, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause actual results or performance, or the results or other events, to be materially different from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include those discussed or identified in Chapter 2 “Risk Management and Internal Control” of the Universal Registration Document dated March 6, 2025, filed with the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF) under number D. 25-0075 and available on the Group’s website (www.viridiengroup.com) and on the AMF website (www.amffrance.org). These forward-looking statements and information are not guarantees of future performance. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release. This press release does not contain or constitute an offer of securities or an invitation or inducement to invest in securities in France, the United States, or any other area.

    Investors contact

    VP Investor Relations and Corporate Finance
    Alexandre Leroy
    alexandre.leroy@viridiengroup.com
    +33 6 85 18 44 31

    APPENDICES

    Quarterly statements are unaudited and not subject to any review. Only IFRS condensed interim consolidated financial statements were subject to a review report by statutory auditors.

    Key Segment P&L figures

    (in millions of $) Q2 2025 Q2 2024 Change (%) H1 2025 H1 2024 Change (%)
    €/$ exchange rate  1.12 1.08     1.08 1.08   
    Segment Revenue 274 258 +6% 575 532 +8%
    DDE 181 177 +3% 396 362 +9%
    Geoscience 115 105 +10% 226 193 +17%
    Earth Data 66 72 -8% 170 169 +1%
    SMO 93 82 +14% 180 170 +6%
    Land 57 29 +99% 108 74 +47%
    Marine 21 42 -50% 46 75 -39%
    Other 15 11 +36% 26 21 +20%
    Segment EBITDAs 108 91 +19% 250 196 +28%
    Adjusted Segment EBITDAs 107 94 +14% 250 200 +25%
    DDE 101 96 +6% 238 199 +19%
    SMO 13 6 +108% 27 16 +63%
    Corporate and other -7 -8 -15% -15 -16 -8%
    Segment Operating Income 22 26 -16% 87 53 +63%
    Adjusted Segment Operating Income 21 29 -28% 86 57 +50%
    DDE 21 39 -47% 87 74 +17%
    SMO 7 -2 n.a. 15 0 n.s.
    Corporate and other -7 -8 -16% -16 -17 -6%
    EDA Cash EBITDA 0 10 -100% 39 44 -11%

    Other KPIs

    (in millions of $) H1 2025 H1 2024 Change (%)
    Geoscience Backlog 317 246 +29%
    Total Capex 119 115 +3%
    Earth Data Library Net Book Value7 508  440 +15%

    Definition of Alternative Performance Indicators (API)

    In its communications, Viridien includes Alternative Performance Indicators, the main ones being Segment Revenue, Segment EBITDAs, Adjusted Segment EBITDAs, and EDA Cash EBITDA. Their definitions are set out in the 2024 Universal Registration Document filed with the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF) and are reiterated below:

    • Segment revenue: Segment revenue is prepared in accordance with internal management reporting with Earth Data prefunding revenues recorded based upon percentage of completion.
    • Segment EBITDAs: Segment EBITDAs is defined as earnings before interest, tax, income from equity affiliates, depreciation, amortization net of amortization costs capitalized to Earth Data surveys, and cost of share-based compensation for employees and senior executives. The cost of share-based compensation includes the cost of stock options and allotments of performance shares. Segment EBITDAs is calculated based on internal management reporting, in which prefunding revenue from Earth Data surveys is recognized using the percentage of completion method.
    • Adjusted segment EBITDAs: Adjusted segment EBITDAs is Segment EBITDAs adjusted for non-recurring charges and gains.
    • EDA Cash EBITDA: EDA Cash EBITDA is defined as EDA (Earth Data) adjusted segment EBITDAs less investment in EDA surveys for the period, excluding inactivity compensation fees related to the vessel capacity agreement signed between Viridien and Shearwater. This indicator is used exclusively for the EDA activity.

    Reconciliation of API with the condensed interim consolidated financial statements

    The table below outlines the accounting adjustments made in accordance with IFRS 158 requirements. Over the period, these adjustments primarily relate to major survey projects conducted by Earth Data in the US Gulf and Norway.

      Q2 2025 H1 2025
    (in millions of $) Segment IFRS 15 adjustments IFRS Segment IFRS 15 adjustments IFRS
    Revenue 274 -40 234 575 -83 492
    EBITDAs 108 -40 68 250 -83 167
    Adjustments -1     0    
    Adjusted EBITDAs 107 -40 67 250 -83 167

    Interim Consolidated Statement of Operations

    (In millions of US$, except per share data) H1 2025 H1 2024
    Operating revenues 491.8 565.8
    Other income from ordinary activities 0.1 0.1
    Total income from ordinary activities 492.0 565.9
    Cost of operations (361.0) (424.1)
    Gross profit 131.0 141.8
    Research and development expenses – net (6.8) (9.6)
    Marketing and selling expenses (16.4) (19.0)
    General and administrative expenses (37.7) (38.0)
    Other revenues (expenses) – net 1.0 (3.6)
    Operating Income (loss) 71.2 71.6
    Cost of financial debt – gross (55.2) (55.1)
    Income from cash and cash equivalents 2.9 5.8
    Cost of financial debt – net (52.3) (49.3)
    Other financial income (loss) (34.4) (0.8)
    Income (loss) before income taxes and share of income (loss) from companies accounted for under the equity method (15.4) 21.5
    Income taxes (7.4) (5.6)
    Income (loss) before share of income (loss) from companies accounted for under the equity method (22.8) 15.9
    Net income (loss) from companies accounted for under the equity method (1.0) 0.0
    Net income (loss) from continuing operations (23.8) 15.9
    Net income (loss) from discontinued operations 1.9 16.1
    Consolidated net income (loss) (21.9) 32.0
    Attributable to:    
    Owners of Viridien SA (22.3) 31.6
    Non-controlling interests 0.4 0.4
    Net income (loss) per share9    
    Basic (3.12) 4.43
    Diluted (3.12) 4.41
    Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share8    
    Basic (3.38) 2.17
    Diluted (3.38) 2.16
    Net income (loss) from discontinued operations per share8    
    Basic 0.26 2.25
    Diluted 0.26 2.25

    Interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

    (In millions of US$) June 30, 2025 Dec. 31, 2024
    ASSETS    
    Cash and cash equivalents 161.6 301.7
    Trade accounts and notes receivable, net 330.7 339.9
    Inventories and work-in-progress, net 162.1 163.3
    Income tax assets 10.2 22.9
    Other current assets, net 78.8 74.0
    Assets held for sale, net 28.3 24.5
    Total current assets 771.7 926.2
    Deferred tax assets 47.2 43.6
    Other non-current assets, net 9.1 8.9
    Investments and other financial assets, net 24.7 25.7
    Investments in companies under the equity method 5.1 1.1
    Property, plant and equipment, net 205.3 220.6
    Intangible assets, net 589.3 535.4
    Goodwill, net 1,092.8 1,082.8
    Total non-current assets 1,973.5 1,918.1
    TOTAL ASSETS 2,745.2 2,844.3
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY    
    Financial debt – current portion 63.1 56.9
    Trade accounts and notes payables 113.6 120.9
    Accrued payroll costs 82.5 84.5
    Income taxes payable 12.1 20.4
    Advance billings to customers 20.8 19.2
    Provisions — current portion 17.1 19.7
    Other current financial liabilities 0.0 0.5
    Other current liabilities 218.5 182.5
    Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale 2.3 2.4
    Total current liabilities 530.0 507.0
    Deferred tax liabilities 13.2 18.4
    Provisions – non-current portion 33.1 28.8
    Financial debt – non-current portion 1,095.3 1,165.6
    Other non-current financial liabilities 0.0 0.0
    Other non-current liabilities 1.9 1.7
    Total non-current liabilities 1,143.5 1,214.5
    Common stock: 11,201,879 shares authorized and 7,180,449 shares with a nominal value of €1.00 outstanding at June 30, 2025. 8.7 8.7
    Additional paid-in capital 118.7 118.7
    Retained earnings 1,014.7 1,036.5
    Other Reserves (0.9) 55.2
    Treasury shares (20.1) (20.1)
    Cumulative income and expense recognized directly in equity (1.7) (1.1)
    Cumulative translation adjustment (85.0) (113.3)
    Equity attributable to owners of Viridien S.A. 1,034.5 1,084.7
    Non-controlling interests 37.2 38.1
    Total equity 1,071.8 1,122.8
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 2,745.2 2,844.3

    Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

    (In millions of US$)   H1 2025 H1 2024
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES      
    Consolidated net income (loss)   (21.9) 32.0
    Less: Net income (loss) from discontinued operations   (1.9) (16.1)
    Net income (loss) from continuing operations   (23.8) 15.9
    Depreciation, amortization and impairment   42.6 47.8
    Earth Data surveys impairment and amortization   59.0 116.3
    Depreciation and amortization capitalized in Earth Data surveys   (7.5) (7.0)
    Variance on provisions   (3.6) (0.3)
    Share-based compensation expenses   1.7 1.8
    Net (gain) loss on disposal of fixed and financial assets   (0.8) 0.1
    Share of (income) loss in companies recognized under equity method   1.0
    Other non-cash items   30.0 0.8
    Net cash-flow including net cost of financial debt and income tax   98.5 175.4
    Less: Cost of financial debt   52.3 49.3
    Less: Income tax expense (gain)   7.4 5.6
    Net cash-flow excluding net cost of financial debt and income tax   158.1 230.4
    Income tax paid   (8.3) (12.0)
    Net cash-flow before changes in working capital   149.8 218.4
    Changes in working capital   45.0 (38.2)
    – change in trade accounts and notes receivable   51.0 (17.2)
    – change in inventories and work-in-progress   16.8 11.0
    – change in other current assets   (6.7) 0.9
    – change in trade accounts and notes payable   (3.8) (12.5)
    – change in other current liabilities   (12.3) (20.3)
    Net cash-flow from operating activities   194.8 180.2
           
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES      
    Total capital expenditures (including variation of fixed assets suppliers, excluding Earth Data surveys)   (17.2) (17.8)
    Investment in Earth Data surveys, net cash   (101.6) (97.0)
    Proceeds from disposals of tangible and intangible assets   1.0 0.5
    Dividends received from investments in companies under the equity method   0.5
    Variation in other non-current financial assets   2.0 (3.3)
    Net cash-flow from investing activities   (115.7) (117.0)
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES      
    Repayment of long-term debt   (1,074.5) (0.4)
    Total issuance of long-term debt   945.7
    Call premium   (21.9)
    Refinancing transaction costs paid   (3.7)  –
    Lease repayments   (26.1) (27.1)
    Interests paid   (40.4) (43.2)
    Dividends paid and share capital reimbursements:      
    – to owners of Viridien   0
    – to non-controlling interests of integrated companies   (1.4) (3.8)
    Net cash-flow from financing activities   (222.4) (74.5)
           
    Effects of exchange rates on cash   3.7 (5.3)
    Net cash flows incurred by discontinued operations   (0.4) 29.6
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (140.1) 12.9
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year   301.7 327.0
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   161.6 339.9

    1 $125m RCF of which $25m ancillary guarantee facility (used for $12 m) and $100m fully undrawn
    2 Quarterly statements are unaudited and not subject to any review. Only IFRS condensed interim consolidated financial statements were subject to a review report by statutory auditors
    3 Please refer to the “Definitions of Alternative Performance Indicators” in the appendices for explanations of the terms used in this section
    4 The reconciliation of alternative performance indicators to the condensed interim consolidated financial statements is provided in the appendices, along with their definitions
    5 $125m RCF of which $25m ancillary guarantee facility (used for $12 m) and $100m fully undrawn
    6 Including a $66m negative foreign exchange impact compared to December 31, 2024
    7 Post IFRS15 and 16

    8 IFRS 15 requires that Earth Data prefunding revenues be recognized only upon delivery of the final processed data, that is, when the performance obligation is fulfilled. As a result, revenue and margin recognition for ongoing surveys is deferred. Viridien’s segment reporting, however, continues to apply the percentage-of-completion method previously used before the adoption of IFRS 15, for recognizing Earth Data prefunding revenues and associated margins
    9 As a result of the July 31, 2024 reverse share split, the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per shares for June 2024 has been adjusted retrospectively. Number of ordinary shares outstanding has been adjusted to reflect the proportionate change in the number of shares

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Euronext publishes Q2 2025 results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Euronext publishes Q2 2025 results

    Euronext’s diversified business drives all-time record results, supported by organic growth, favourable market conditions and disciplined capital allocation.

    Amsterdam, Brussels, Dublin, Lisbon, Milan, Oslo and Paris – 31 July 2025 – Euronext, the leading European capital market infrastructure, today publishes its results for the second quarter of 2025.

    • Q2 2025 revenue and income was up +12.8% to €465.8 million:

    Non-volume-related revenue and income represented 58% of total revenue and income and covered 161% of underlying operating expenses, excluding D&A1:

    • Securities Services revenues grew to €86.2 million (+6.5%), driven by increasing assets under custody, higher settlement activity and double-digit growth in value-added services;
    • Capital Markets and Data Solutions revenue grew to €165.4 million (+12.0%), driven by the continued commercial expansion of Advanced Data Solutions and the strong performance of Euronext Corporate and Investor Solutions and Technology Services, supported by the acquisition of Admincontrol. Like-for-like at constant currencies, revenue grew by +6.5%;
    • Net treasury income grew to €20.0 million (+45.1%), demonstrating the benefits of the Euronext Clearing expansion, high volatility and the internalisation of net treasury income from LCH SA following the derivatives clearing migration in Q3 2024.

    Volume-related revenue was driven by high market volatility in the second quarter:

    • FICC2Markets revenue grew to €87.7 million (+20.1%), driven by another record performance in fixed income trading and clearing and in FX trading;
    • Equity Markets revenue grew to €106.2 million (+9.5%), reflecting a strong quarter in cash equity trading and clearing further boosted by high volatility in the first part of the quarter.
    • Underlying operating expenses excluding D&A were at €168.4 million (+7.9%), in line with Euronext’s 2025 underlying costs guidance. This reflects a step-up in growth investments and the impact of acquisitions, partially offset by a strong cost discipline. Euronext’s underlying operating expense guidance excluding D&A of €670 million excludes Admincontrol, acquired on 13 May 2025.
    • Adjusted EBITDA was €297.3 million (+15.8%) and adjusted EBITDA margin was 63.8% (+1.6pt).
    • Adjusted net income was €204.4 million (+23.8%) and adjusted EPS was €2.02 (+27.0%), supported by received dividends .
    • Reported net income was €183.8 million (+29.7%) and reported EPS was €1.81 (+32.1%).
    • Net debt to adjusted EBITDA3was at 1.8x at the end of June 2025, in line with Euronext’s target range. This ratio reflects the impact of the acquisition of Admincontrol on 13 May 2025 and the dividend payment in May 2025.

    Key figures for the second quarter of 2025:

    in €m, unless stated otherwise Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenue and income 465.8 412.9 +12.8% +10.5%
    Underlying operational expenses exc. D&A                         (168.4) (156.1) +7.9% +3.9%
    Adjusted EBITDA 297.3 256.8 +15.8% +14.4%
    Underlying EBITDA margin 63.8% 62.2% +1.6pts +2.2pts
    Net income4                          183.8 141.7 +29.7%  
    Adjusted net income4                         204.4 165.2 +23.8%  
    Adjusted EPS (basic, in €) 2.02 1.59 +27.0%  
    Reported EPS (basic, in €) 1.81 1.37 +32.1%  
    • Progress with the delivery of ‘Innovate for Growth 2027’:
      • Euronext has strengthened its development in the Nordics and in the UK with the acquisition of Admincontrol on 13 May 2025. This transaction improves the share of subscription-based revenue and is in line with its ambition to scale up the SaaS offering.
      • Euronext is expanding its footprint in the Nordics and in the power business with the acquisition of Nasdaq Nordic’s power futures business. The final regulatory approval for the acquisition has been granted. Euronext and Nasdaq are now focusing on the upcoming migration of open interest from Nasdaq Clearing to Euronext Clearing in Q1 2026.
      • Euronext partnerships with Euroclear5 and Clearstream6 on tri-party collateral management support the broader expansion of its repo clearing services across Europe. In July 2025, Euronext launched the first phase of a multi-year strategy7 to deliver a fully integrated, pan-European clearing model.
      • On 31 July 2025, Euronext announced the submission of a voluntary share exchange offer to acquire all shares of HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHEX STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. (“ATHEX”), in exchange for newly issued Euronext shares, at a fixed conversion rate of 20.000 ATHEX ordinary shares for each new Euronext share8,9. Based on Euronext’s closing price of €142.7 as of 30 July 2025, the proposed Offer values ATHEX at €7.14 per share and the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of ATHEX at approximately €412.8 million on a fully diluted basis. The Board of Directors of ATHEX is unanimously supportive of the Offer to ATHEX shareholders and entered into a cooperation agreement with Euronext.

    Stéphane Boujnah, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Managing Board of Euronext, said:
    “In the second quarter of 2025, Euronext achieved all-time record revenue and income of €465.8 million, driven by organic growth and acquisitions. This is the fifth consecutive quarter of double-digit topline growth. The strong performance reflects the strength of Euronext’s diversified business model, capable of capturing favourable market conditions and of generating non-volume-related revenue growth.

    We have continued to invest in growth, while we maintained a strong cost discipline. Euronext reached an adjusted EBITDA close to €300 million in Q2 2025, marking a significant +15.8% increase compared to Q2 2024. In Q2 2025, we reached record adjusted EPS of €2.02 per share. Our reported EPS grew by +32.1% compared to Q2 2024, to €1.81 per share.

    We continue to foster the integration and competitiveness of European capital markets via strategic initiatives. With a strong footprint in Italian repo, a growing list of government bond coverage, and the majority of key clearing members already connected, Euronext is well positioned to become the clearing house of choice for European repo.

    Europe shows an unprecedented commitment to establish a Savings and Investments Union, and Euronext is a key player in Europe to accelerate the delivery of this ambition. Since the beginning of the year, Euronext has continued to deploy capital to expand across Europe. We have expanded our presence in the Nordics with the acquisition of Admincontrol and will further strengthen our position with the migration of Nasdaq Nordic’s power futures to Euronext Clearing in Q1 2026.

    The contemplated acquisition of ATHEX would expand our integrated model across Europe to deliver the Savings and Investments Union. We are strongly committed to boosting the development and attractivity of Greek markets internationally and generating efficiencies and competitiveness across the Group.”

    Q2 2025 business highlights

    In €m Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenue and income 465.8 412.9 +12.8% +10.5%
    Securities Services 86.2 80.9 +6.5% +3.9%
    Capital Markets and Data Solutions                           165.4 147.7 +12.0% +6.5%
    FICC Markets 87.7 73.0 +20.1% +20.9%
    Equity Markets 106.2 97.0 +9.5% +9.5%
    Net treasury income 20.0 13.8 +45.1% +45.1%
    Other income 0.3 0.4 -30.4% -31.1%
    • Non-volume-related revenue
      • Securities Services
    In €m Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenue 86.2 80.9 +6.5% +3.9%
    Custody & Settlement 77.5 70.0 +10.8% +7.8%
    Other Post Trade 8.6 10.9 -21.1% -21.1%

    Revenue from Custody and Settlement in Q2 2025 was at €77.5 million, +10.8% compared to Q2 2024. This strong performance was driven by growing Assets under Custody, dynamic settlement instructions and continued double-digit growth in services, supported by the acquisition of Acupay. At the end of the quarter, Assets under Custody amounted to €7.34 trillion, up +4.5% compared to end of Q2 2024. Over 36.9 million instructions were settled via Euronext Securities during the second quarter of 2025, up +15.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    Other Post Trade revenue, which includes membership fees and other non-volume-related clearing fees, was €8.6 million in Q2 2025. The -21.1% decrease compared to Q2 2024 stems from the internalisation of the net treasury income related to Euronext derivatives flows in September 2024, which are now integrated in the net treasury income line.

    • Capital Markets and Data Solutions
    In €m Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenue 165.4 147.7 +12.0% +6.5%
    Primary Markets 46.5 45.5 +2.3% +2.5%
    Advanced Data Solutions 65.2 60.6 +7.5% +4.6%
    Corporate and Investor Solutions and Technology Services                             53.7 41.5 +29.2% +13.5%

    Primary Markets revenue was €46.5 million in Q2 2025, an increase of +2.3% compared to Q2 2024. The second quarter recorded slower equity listing activity explained by a volatile environment. Euronext sustained its leading position for equity listing with 6 new listings.

    Advanced Data Solutions revenue was €65.2 million in Q2 2025, up +7.5% compared to Q2 2024. This dynamic performance reflects the contribution of GRSS, strong appetite from retail and growing monetisation of diversified datasets.

    Corporate and Investor Solutions and Technology Services revenue grew by +29.2% in Q2 2025 to €53.7 million. This strong performance reflects the contribution of Admincontrol for half a quarter and double-digit growth of investor solutions and colocation services.

    • Net treasury income

    Net treasury income was at €20.0 million, +45.1% compared to Q2 2024. This reflect the benefit from the Euronext Clearing expansion and the internalisation of treasury income from LCH SA following the completion of the derivatives clearing migration, as well as higher cash collateral posted to the CCP due to the elevated market volatility.

    • Volume-related revenue
      • FICC Markets
    In €m Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenue 87.7 73.0 +20.1% +20.9%
    Fixed income trading & clearing 51.7 39.2 +31.9% +31.9%
    Commodities trading & clearing 26.7 26.0 +2.7% +3.1%
    FX trading 9.3 7.8 +18.9% +25.2%

    Fixed income trading and clearing revenue reached €51.7 million in Q2 2025, up +31.9% compared to Q2 2024, driven by record fixed income trading activity supported by favourable market conditions.

    Commodities10 trading and clearing revenue reached €26.7 million in Q2 2025, up +2.7% compared to Q2 2024, reflecting record intraday power trading volumes and softer agricultural commodity trading and clearing.

    FX trading revenue was up +18.9%, at €9.3 million in Q2 2025, reflecting record trading volumes in April 2025, which outbalanced the negative currency impact of the USD.

    • Equity Markets
    In €m Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenue 106.2 97.0 +9.5% +9.5%
    Cash equity trading & clearing 93.4 80.4 +16.2% +16.2%
    Financial derivatives trading & clearing 12.8 16.6 -22.9% -22.9%

    Cash equity trading and clearing revenue11 was €93.4 million in Q2 2025, up +16.2% compared to Q2 2024 driven by exceptional market volatility. Euronext recorded average daily cash trading volumes of €13.4 billion, up +21.2% compared to Q2 2024. Euronext reached solid average revenue capture on cash trading at 0.52 bps for the second quarter of 2025, despite higher volumes and larger average order size compared to Q2 2024. Euronext market share on cash equity trading averaged 63.5% in Q2 2025.

    Financial derivatives trading and clearing revenue was €12.8 million in Q2 2025, -22.9% compared to Q2 2024. This mostly reflects lower volatility and the decrease of the average clearing fees. Following the clearing migration, certain clearing fees are now reported in the line Other Post Trade revenues, and as such not fully comparable with Q2 2024.

    Q2 2025 financial performance

    In €m, unless stated otherwise Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var % var l-f-l
    Revenues and income 465.8 412.9 +12.8% +10.5%
    Underlying operating expenses excl. D&A                        (168.4) (156.1) +7.9% +3.9%
    Adjusted EBITDA 297.3 256.8 +15.8% +14.4%
    Adjusted EBITDA margin 63.8% 62.2% +1.6pts +2.2pts
    Operating expenses excl. D&A (171.8) (162.9) +5.5% +1.6%
    EBITDA 293.9 249.9 +17.6% +16.2%
    Depreciation & amortisation (48.2) (47.9) +0.5% +1.0%
    Total expenses (220.0) (210.9) +4.3% +1.2%
    Adjusted operating profit 274.7 234.8 +17.0% +15.7%
    Operating profit 245.8 202.0 +21.7%  
    Net financing income / (expense) (5.7) 3.5 N/A  
    Results from equity investments 24.5 1.2 N/A  
    Profit before income tax 264.5 206.7 +28.0%  
    Income tax expense (68.1) (55.7) +22.3%  
    Minority interests (12.6) (9.2) +36.3%  
    Net income 183.8 141.7 +29.7%  
    Adjusted net income 204.4 165.2 +23.8%  
    Adjusted EPS (basic, in €) 2.02 1.59 +27.0%  
    Reported EPS (basic, in €) 1.81 1.37 +32.1%  
    Adjusted EPS (diluted, in€) 2.01 1.59 +26.4%  
    Reported EPS (diluted, in€) 1.81 1.36 +33.1%  
    • Q2 2025 adjusted EBITDA

    Underlying operating expenses excluding D&A1 were at €168.4 million (+7.9%). The increase compared to Q2 2024 reflects investments in growth and the impact of acquisitions performed in 2025, partially offset by cost discipline.
    As a result of a double digit growth in revenue, adjusted EBITDA for the quarter reached €297.3 million, up +15.8% compared to Q2 2024. This represents an adjusted EBITDA margin of 63.8%, up +1.6pts vs. Q2 2024. On a like-for-like basis at constant currencies, adjusted EBITDA grew by +14.4% compared to Q2 2024.
    Q2 2025 non-underlying operating expenses excluding D&A amounted to €3.4 million, mostly related to the integration of recent acquisitions. As a consequence, reported EBITDA was at €293.9 million, up +17.6% compared to Q2 2024.

    • Q2 2025 net income, share of the parent company shareholders

    Depreciation and amortisation accounted for €48.2 million in Q2 2025, +0.5% more than Q2 2024. PPA related to acquired businesses accounted for €19.1 million. Adjusted operating profit was €274.7 million, up +17.0% compared to Q2 2024. Euronext reported a net financing expense of €5.7 million in Q2 2025, compared to €3.5 million net financing income in Q2 2024. The variation reflects decreasing interest rates, lower cash position after the redemption of the €500 million bond and the recognition of non-cash interest expense related to the convertible bonds.

    Income tax for Q2 2025 was €68.1 million. This translated into an effective tax rate of 25.7% for the quarter, compared to 27.0% in Q2 2024. The tax rate was positively impacted by the tax-exempt €24.5 million dividend received by Euroclear. Share of non-controlling interests amounted to €12.6 million, correlated with the strong performance of MTS and Nord Pool.

    As a result, the reported net income, share of the parent company shareholders, increased by +29.7%for Q2 2025 compared to Q2 2024, to €183.8 million. This represents a reported EPS of €1.81 basic and €1.81 diluted. Adjusted net income, share of the parent company shareholders, was up +23.8% to €204.4 million. Adjusted EPS (basic) was €2.02 and adjusted EPS (diluted) was €2.01. The increase in EPS reflects higher profit and a lower number of outstanding shares over the second quarter of 2025 compared to Q2 2024. The weighted number of shares used over the second quarter of 2025 was 101,374,346 for the basic calculation and 102,130,793 for the diluted calculation, compared to 103,653,544 and 103,986,292 respectively over the second quarter of 2024. The difference in share count is due to the share repurchase programme executed by Euronext and the consideration of the convertible bonds under IAS 33.

    In Q2 2025, Euronext reported a net cash flow from operating activities of €135.0 million, compared to €111.5 million in Q2 2024, reflecting higher profit before tax and higher income tax paid in Q2 2025. Excluding the impact of working capital from Euronext Clearing and Nord Pool CCP activities, net cash flow from operating activities accounted for 52.3% of EBITDA in Q2 2025.

    Q2 2025 corporate highlights since publication of the first quarter 2025 results on 14 May 2025

    • Euronext received regulatory approval for the acquisition of Nasdaq Nordic power futures

    On 4 June 2025, Euronext received regulatory approval for the extension of Euronext Clearing to power derivatives under Article 15 of EMIR. With this final approval, all regulatory approvals for the acquisition of Nasdaq Nordic’s power futures business have been granted. Euronext and Nasdaq continue to focus on the upcoming migration of open interest from Nasdaq Clearing to Euronext Clearing in Q1 202612.

    • Partnership with Clearstream on collateral management

    On 16 June 2025, Euronext and Clearstream announced the start of a new partnership13 to advance the continued development of Euronext Clearing’s collateral management services across repo and other asset classes.
    As part of this initiative, Clearstream will serve as a triparty agent (TPA) for Euronext Clearing, facilitating advanced collateral management capabilities. Clients will benefit from automated, flexible and operationally streamlined solutions that enhance margin and balance sheet optimisation. Clearstream will act as an independent third party, handling the collateral selection, valuation and substitution to ensure compliance with eligibility criteria while minimising operational complexities. In addition, Clearstream will manage settlement and custody services, provide robust regulatory reporting, and support liquidity and risk management objectives. The go-live of this enhanced service offering is scheduled for November 2025.

    • Euronext successfully launched its inaugural convertible bonds issuance

    On 22 May 2025, Euronext announced the success of its offering of senior unsecured bonds due 2032 convertible into new shares and/or exchangeable for existing shares of the Company (“OCEANEs”) (the “Bonds”), by way of a placement to qualified investors only, for a nominal amount of €425 million (the “Offering”)14. The Bonds were issued with a denomination of €100,000 each (the “Principal Amount”), and will be convertible and/or exchangeable into new and/or existing shares of Euronext (the “Shares”) and will pay a fixed coupon at a rate of 1.50% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear on 30 May and 30 November of each year (or on the following business day if this date is not a business day), and for the first time on 30 November 2025. The initial conversion price of the Bonds is set at €191.1654. Unless previously converted, exchanged, redeemed or purchased and cancelled, the Bonds will be redeemed at par on 30 May 2032 (or on the following business day if such date is not a business day) (the “Maturity Date”).

    • Euronext successfully migrated Italian markets to a harmonised clearing framework

    On 30 June 2025, Euronext completed the migration of the Italian derivatives and cash equity markets to its Core Clearing System. Euronext is now clearing all its financial derivatives, commodities and cash equities markets through a single, streamlined, harmonised clearing gateway. This important milestones delivers to Euronext Clearing clients further material operational and risk management efficiencies, which optimise their total cost of trading on Euronext markets.

    Corporate highlights since 1 July 2025

    • Euronext launched the first phase of its strategic multi-year Repo expansion initiative15

    On 8 July 2025, Euronext announced the launch of its initiative to expand access, improve collateral usage and position Euronext as a leading Central Counterparty (CCP) for European repo markets. As a cornerstone of Euronext’s strategic plan announced in November 2024, the Repo initiative sets in motion Euronext’s vision to build a fully integrated, pan-European post-trade infrastructure. Euronext now offers repo clearing for Spanish, Portuguese and Irish government bonds, alongside its established Italian offering. For the first time, international firms can join the platform with seamless onboarding and scalable settlement operations.

    • Euronext to launch voluntary share exchange offer for all ATHEX shares

    On 31 July 2025, Euronext announced the submission of a voluntary share exchange offer to acquire all shares of HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHEX STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. (“ATHEX”), in exchange for newly issued Euronext shares, at a fixed conversion rate of 20.000 ATHEX ordinary shares for each new Euronext share16,17. Based on Euronext’s closing price of €142.7 as of 30 July 2025, the proposed Offer values ATHEX at €7.14 per share and the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of ATHEX at approximately €412.8 million on a fully diluted basis. The Board of Directors of ATHEX is unanimously supportive of the Offer to ATHEX shareholders and entered into a cooperation agreement with Euronext.

    The combination between Euronext and ATHEX is in line with Euronext’s ambition to integrate European capital markets. The combined Group will foster harmonisation of European capital markets on a unified technology. Greek markets would benefit from increased visibility towards global investors as part of the leading single liquidity pool in Europe.

    Euronext expects the combination to deliver €12 million annual run-rate cash synergies by the end of 2028, with implementation costs related to these synergies expected at €25 million. The Offer is in line with Euronext’s investment criteria of ROCE > WACC in year 3 to 5 after the acquisition and is expected to be accretive for Euronext shareholders after delivery of synergies in year 1.

    The Offer is expected to be open for acceptance, subject to regulatory approvals, from Q4 2025. The transaction is expected to be completed by the end of 2025.

    Results Webcast

    A webcast will be held on Friday, 1 August 2025, at 09:00 CEST (Paris time) / 08:O0 BST (London time):

    For the live webcast go to: Webcast

    The webcast will be available for replay after the call at the webcast link and on the Euronext Investor Relations webpage.

    Contacts

    ANALYSTS & INVESTORS – ir@euronext.com

    Investor Relations        Aurélie Cohen                 

            Judith Stein        +33 6 15 23 91 97

    MEDIA – mediateam@euronext.com 

    Europe        Aurélie Cohen         +33 1 70 48 24 45 

            Andrea Monzani         +39 02 72 42 62 13 

    Belgium        Marianne Aalders         +32 26 20 15 01                 

    France, Corporate        Flavio Bornancin-Tomasella        +33 1 70 48 24 45                 

    Ireland        Catalina Augspach        +39 02 72 42 62 13                 

    Italy         Ester Russom         +39 02 72 42 67 56                 

    The Netherlands        Marianne Aalders         +31 20 721 41 33                 

    Norway         Cathrine Lorvik Segerlund        +47 41 69 59 10                 

    Portugal         Sandra Machado        +351 91 777 68 97                

    About Euronext 
    Euronext is the leading European capital market infrastructure, covering the entire capital markets value chain, from listing, trading, clearing, settlement and custody, to solutions for issuers and investors. Euronext runs MTS, one of Europe’s leading electronic fixed income trading markets, and Nord Pool, the European power market. Euronext also provides clearing and settlement services through Euronext Clearing and its Euronext Securities CSDs in Denmark, Italy, Norway and Portugal.
    As of June 2025, Euronext’s regulated exchanges in Belgium, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway and Portugal host nearly 1,800 listed issuers with €6.3 trillion in market capitalisation, a strong blue-chip franchise and the largest global centre for debt and fund listings. With a diverse domestic and international client base, Euronext handles 25% of European lit equity trading. Its products include equities, FX, ETFs, bonds, derivatives, commodities and indices.
    For the latest news, go to euronext.com or follow us on X and LinkedIn.

    Disclaimer

    This press release is for information purposes only: it is not a recommendation to engage in investment activities and is provided “as is”, without representation or warranty of any kind. The figures in this document have not been audited or reviewed by our external auditor. While all reasonable care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the content, Euronext does not guarantee its accuracy or completeness. Euronext will not be held liable for any loss or damages of any nature ensuing from using, trusting or acting on information provided. No information set out or referred to in this publication may be regarded as creating any right or obligation. The creation of rights and obligations in respect of financial products that are traded on the exchanges operated by Euronext’s subsidiaries shall depend solely on the applicable rules of the market operator. All proprietary rights and interest in or connected with this publication shall vest in Euronext. This press release speaks only as of this date. Euronext refers to Euronext N.V. and its affiliates. Information regarding trademarks and intellectual property rights of Euronext is available at www.euronext.com/terms-use.

    © 2025, Euronext N.V. – All rights reserved. 

    The Euronext Group processes your personal data in order to provide you with information about Euronext (the “Purpose”). With regard to the processing of this personal data, Euronext will comply with its obligations under Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and Council of 27 April 2016 (General Data Protection Regulation, “GDPR”), and any applicable national laws, rules and regulations implementing the GDPR, as provided in its privacy statement available at: www.euronext.com/privacy-policy. In accordance with the applicable legislation you have rights with regard to the processing of your personal data: for more information on your rights, please refer to: www.euronext.com/data_subjects_rights_request_information. To make a request regarding the processing of your data or to unsubscribe from this press release service, please use our data subject request form at connect2.euronext.com/form/data-subjects-rights-request or email our Data Protection Officer at dpo@euronext.com.

    Appendix

    The figures in this Appendix have not been audited or reviewed by our external auditor.

    Non-IFRS financial measures

    For comparative purposes, the company provides unaudited non-IFRS measures including:

    • Operational expenses excluding depreciation and amortisation, underlying operational expenses excluding depreciation and amortisation;
    • EBITDA, EBITDA margin, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin.

    Non-IFRS measures are defined as follows:

    • Operational expenses excluding depreciation and amortisation as the total of salary and employee benefits, and other operational expenses;
    • Underlying operational expenses excluding depreciation and amortisation as the total of salary and employee benefits, and other operational expenses, excluding non-recurring costs;
    • Underlying revenue and income as the total of revenue and income, excluding non-recurring revenue and income;
    • Non-underlying items as items of revenue, income and expense that are material by their size and/or that are infrequent and unusual by their nature or incidence are not considered to be recurring in the normal course of business and are classified as non-underlying items on the face of the income statement within their relevant category in order to provide further understanding of the ongoing sustainable performance of the Group. These items can include:
      • integration or double run costs of significant projects, restructuring costs and costs related to acquisitions that change the perimeter of the Group;
      • one-off finance costs, gains or losses on sale of subsidiaries and impairments of investments:
      • amortisation and impairment of intangible assets which are recognised as a result of acquisitions and mostly comprising customer relationships, brand names and software that were identified during purchase price allocation (PPA);
      • tax related to non-underlying items.
    • Adjusted operating profit as the operating profit adjusted for any non-underlying revenue and income and non-underlying costs, including PPA of acquired businesses;
    • EBITDA as the operating profit before depreciation and amortisation;
    • Adjusted EBITDA as the adjusted operating profit before depreciation and amortisation adjusted for any non-underlying operational expenses excluding depreciation and amortisation;
    • EBITDA margin as EBITDA divided by total revenue and income;
    • Adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA, divided by total revenue and income;
    • Adjusted net income, as the net income, share of the parent company shareholders, adjusted for any non-underlying items and related tax impact.

    Non-IFRS financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable IFRS measures and should be read only in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

    Consolidated income statement

      Q2 2025 Q2 2024
    In € million, unless stated otherwise Underlying Non-
    underlying
    Reported Underlying Non-
    underlying
    Reported
    Revenues 465.8 465.8 412.9 412.9
    Securities Services 86.2 86.2 80.9 80.9
    Custody and Settlement 77.5 77.5 70.0 70.0
    Other Post Trade 8.6 8.6 10.9 10.9
    Capital Markets and Data Solutions 165.4 165.4 147.7 147.7
    Primary Markets 46.5 46.5 45.5 45.5
    Advanced Data Solutions 65.2 65.2 60.6 60.6
    Corporate and Investor Solutions
    and Technology Services
    53.7 53.7 41.5 41.5
    FICC markets 87.7 87.7 73.0 73.0
    Fixed income trading and clearing 51.7 51.7 39.2 39.2
    Commodities trading and clearing 26.7 26.7 26.0 26.0
    FX trading 9.3 9.3 7.8 7.8
    Equity markets 106.2 106.2 97.0 97.0
    Cash equity trading and clearing 93.4 93.4 80.4 80.4
    Financial derivatives trading and clearing 12.8 12.8 16.6 16.6
    Net treasury income 20.0 20.0 13.8 13.8
    Other income 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4
    Operating expenses excl. D&A (168.4) (3.4) (171.8) (156.1) (6.8) (162.9)
    Salaries and employee benefits (92.2) (1.1) (93.3) (79.9) (0.4) (80.2)
    Other operational expenses, of which (76.3) (2.2) (78.5) (76.2) (6.5) (82.7)
    System & Communication (26.5) (0.2) (26.7) (24.7) (1.1) (25.9)
    Professional services (17.7) (2.2) (19.9) (13.6) (4.4) (17.9)
    Clearing expense (0.2) (0.2) (9.9) (9.9)
    Accommodation (4.5) 0.1 (4.4) (4.1) (0.3) (4.4)
    Other operational expenses (27.3) (27.4) (23.9) (0.7) (24.6)
    EBITDA 297.3 (3.4) 293.9 256.8 (6.8) 249.9
    EBITDA margin 63.8%   63.1% 62.2%   60.5%
    Depreciation & amortisation (22.6) (25.6) (48.2) (21.9) (26.0) (47.9)
    Total expenses (191.0) (29.0) (220.0) (178.0) (32.8) (210.9)
    Operating profit 274.7 (29.0) 245.8 234.8 (32.8) 202.0
    Net financing income/(expense) (5.7) (5.7) 3.5 3.5
    Results from equity investment 24.5 24.5 0.1 1.2 1.2
    Profit before income tax 293.5 (29.0) 264.5 238.4 (31.7) 206.7
    Income tax expense (75.6) 7.5 (68.1) (64.0) 8.3 (55.7)
    Non-controlling interests (13.4) 0.8 (12.6) (9.2) (0.1) (9.2)
    Net income
    share of the parent company shareholders
    204.4 (20.6) 183.8 165.2 (23.4) 141.7
    EPS (basic, in €) 2.02   1.81 1.59   1.37
    EPS (diluted, in €) 2.01   1.81 1.59   1.36

    Adjusted EPS definition

     In € million, unless stated otherwise Q2 2025 Q2 2024
    Net income reported                183.8                 141.7
    EPS reported (in €) 1.81 1.37
    Adjustments for non-underlying items included in:    
    Operating expenses exc. D&A (3.4) (6.8)
    Depreciation and amortisation (25.6) (26.0)
    Results from equity investments                   –                  1.2
    Non-controlling interest 0.8 (0.1)
    Tax related to adjustments                       7.5                       8.3
    Adjusted net income                 204.4                  165.2
    Adjusted EPS (in €)                     2.02                     1.59

    Consolidated comprehensive income statement

    In € million Q2 2025 Q2 2024
    Profit for the period 196.4 151.0
         
    Other comprehensive income    
    Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:    
    – Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations    (53.6) 15.2
    – Income tax impact on exchange differences on translation of foreign operations    7.4 (1.9)
    – Gains and losses on cash flow hedges    (2.2)
    – Change in value of debt investments at fair value through other comprehensive income    0.3
    – Income tax impact on change in value of debt investments at fair value through
    other comprehensive income
       –    (0.1)
         
    Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:    
    – Change in value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income    46.1 6.5
    – Income tax impact on change in value of equity investments at fair value through
    other comprehensive income
    (0.4) (1.0)
    – Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations    1.9 1.9
    – Income tax impact on remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations (0.2)
    Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax (0.8) 20.8
    Total comprehensive income for the period 195.6 171.8
         
    Comprehensive income attributable to:    
    – Owners of the parent 184.0 162.5
    – Non-controlling interests 11.6 9.3

    Consolidated statement of financial position

    In € million 30 June 2025 31 March 2025
    Non-current assets    
    Property, plant and equipment 103.0 107.4
    Right-of-use assets 85.1 88.2
    Goodwill and other intangible assets18 6,586.7 6,096.5
    Deferred income tax assets 24.0 29.1
    Investments in associates and joint ventures 0.8 0.8
    Financial assets at fair value through OCI 403.1 357.0
    Other non-current assets 3.4 3.4
    Total non-current assets 7,206.2 6,682.4
         
    Current assets    
    Trade and other receivables 463.8 574.2
    Income tax receivable 32.2 17.5
    Derivative financial instruments 0.1 2.2
    CCP clearing business assets 348,903.3 341,647.6
    Other current financial assets 59.3 59.5
    Cash & cash equivalents 919.3 1,642.3
    Total current assets 350,378.1 343,943.3
    Total assets 357,584.2 350,625.7
         
    Equity    
    Shareholders’ equity 4,153.5 4,224.6
    Non-controlling interests 144.3 161.7
    Total equity 4,297.9 4,386.3
         
    Non-current liabilities    
    Borrowings 2,311.7 2,537.5
    Lease liabilities 69.8 71.7
    Other non-current financial liabilities 3.5 3.5
    Deferred income tax liabilities 488.4 495.1
    Post-employment benefits 21.2 23.0
    Contract liabilities 53.3 54.2
    Other provisions 7.1 7.0
    Total non-current liabilities 2,955.0 3,192.1
    Current liabilities    
    Borrowings 602.7 524.0
    Lease liabilities 22.2 21.9
    Other current financial liabilities1 103.5
    CCP clearing business liabilities 348,949.3 341,695.3
    Income tax payable 68.8 99.3
    Trade and other payables 422.5 526.5
    Contract liabilities 158.5 176.2
    Other provisions 3.7 4.1
    Total current liabilities      350,331.3 343,047.3
    Total equity and liabilities     357,584.2 350,625.7

    Consolidated statement of cash flows

    In € million Q2 2025 Q2 2024
    Profit before tax 264.5 206.7
    Adjustments for:    
    – Depreciation and amortisation 48.2 47.9
               – Share-based payments 5.6 2.9
    -Results from equity investments (24.5)
    -Gain on sale of associate (1.2)
    -Share of profit from associates and joint ventures (0.1)
               – Changes in working capital (43.8) (67.9)
    Cash flow from operating activities 250.0 188.4
    Income tax paid (115.1) (76.9)
    Net cash flows from operating activities 135.0 111.5
         
    Cash flow from investing activities    
    Business combinations, net of cash acquired                                     (400.4) (38.5)
    Proceeds from sale of associate                              0.9
    Purchase of current financial assets (0.4) (0.6)
    Redemption of current financial assets (0.2) 17.7
    Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                    (3.2)                               (5.0)
    Purchase of intangible assets (28.1) (15.8)
    Interest received                                     7.3 11.3
    Asset acquisitions (27.7)
    Proceeds from sale of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets (0.1)
    Dividends received from equity investments 24.5
    Dividends received from associates and joint ventures                                         – 0.1
    Net cash flow from investing activities (428.2) (30.0)
         
    Cash flow from financing activities    
    Proceeds from borrowings, net of transaction fees 846.2
    Repayment of borrowings, net of transaction fees (925.0)
    Interest paid (29.2) (28.2)
    Payment of lease liabilities (3.4) (4.2)
    Transactions in own shares 0.0 (10.0)
    Withholding tax paid at vesting of shares (1.9) (1.2)
    Dividends paid to the company’s shareholders (293.4) (257.3)
    Dividends paid to non-controlling interests (18.2) (18.9)
    Net cash flow from financing activities (424.9) (319.6)
         
    Total cash flow over the period (718.1) (238.1)
    Cash and cash equivalents – Beginning of period 1,642.3 1,609.6
    Non-cash exchange gains/(losses) on cash and cash equivalents (4.9) 4.6
    Cash and cash equivalents – End of period 919.3 1,376.0

    Business indicators for the second quarter of 2025

    • Securities Services
    Custody and Settlement Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of settlement instructions over the period 36,946,162 32,114,794 +15.0%
    Assets under Custody (in €bn), end of period 7,344 7,030 +4.5%
    • Capital Markets
    Primary Markets Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of issuers on Equities – Euronext 1,766 1,862 -5.0%
    Number of issuers on Equities – SMEs 1,371 1,469 -7.0%
    Number of listed Funds 2,179 2,347 -7.0%
    Number of listed ETFs 4,322 3,885 +11.0%
    Number of listed Bonds 57,367 58,147 -1.0%
    Capital raised on primary and secondary market (in €m)      
    Number of new equity listings 13 17  
    Money raised – New equity listings (including over-allotment) 155 3,403 -95.0%
    Money raised – Follow-ons on equities 4,457 2,362 +89.0%
    Money raised – Bonds 316,817 304,686 +4.0%
    • FICC Markets
    Fixed income trading and clearing Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of trading days 62 63
    Transaction value (in €m, single counted)      
    MTS      
    ADV MTS Cash 59,182 36,287 +63.0%
    TAADV MTS Repo 612,821 448,618 +37.0%
    Other fixed income      
    ADV fixed income 1,588 1,689 -6.0%
    Number of transactions and lots cleared (double counted)      
    Bonds – Wholesale (nominal value in €bn) 8,571 6,918 +23.9%
    Bonds – Retail (number of contracts) 3,313,182 3,658,240 -9.4%
    Commodities trading and clearing Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of trading days 91 91
    Power volume (in TWh) – ADV Day-ahead Power Market 2.53 2.53 0.0%
    Power volume (in TWh) – ADV Intraday Power Market          0.56 0.36 +58.0%
    Derivatives volume (in lots)      
    Number of trading days 62 63
    Commodity 6,746,377 7,898,126 -14.6%
    Futures 6,473,697 7,197,681 -10.1%
    Options 272,680 700,445 -61.1%
    FX trading Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of trading days 65 65
    FX volume (in $m, single counted)      
    Total Euronext FX 2,025,494 1,783,772 +13.6%
    ADV Euronext FX 31,161 27,443 +13.6%
    • Equity Markets
    Cash equity trading and clearing Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of trading days 62 63
    Number of transactions (buy and sell) (reported trades included)      
    Total Cash Market 186,375,884 152,354,170 +21.5%
    ADV Cash Market 3,006,063 2,434,193 +23.5%
    Transaction value (€ million, single counted)      
    Total Cash Market 831,391 696,882 +19.3%
    ADV Cash Market 13,410 11,062 +21.2%
    Shares (number of transactions and lots cleared – single counted) 75,751,603 55,211,959 +37.2%
    Financial derivatives trading and clearing Q2 2025 Q2 2024 % var
    Number of trading days 62 63
    Derivatives Volume (in lots) – Equity 30,293,449 35,317,815 -14.2%
    Index 10,684,578 13,753,365 -22.3%
    Futures 6,465,795 7,760,863 -16.7%
    Options 4,218,783 5,992,502 -29.6%
    Individual Equity 19,608,871 21,564,450 -9.1%
    Futures 526,418 2,782,606 -81.1%
    Options 19,082,453 18,781,844 +1.6%

    1 Definition in Appendix – adjusted for non-underlying operating expenses excluding D&A and non-underlying revenue and income.
    2   Fixed income, commodities and currencies
    3 Last twelve months adjusted EBITDA. Net debt to last twelve months reported EBITDA ratio was at 1.9x.
    4 Share of the parent company shareholders
    5https://www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-announces-collaboration-euroclear-enhance-euronext
    6https://www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-and-clearstream-launch-partnership-further-strengthen
    7https://www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-launches-first-phase-its-strategic-multi-year-repo
    8https://www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-launch-voluntary-share-exchange-offer-for-all-athex-0
    9 Offer is subject to customary and regulatory approvals.
    10 Including revenue from power trading and clearing
    11 Including equities, ETFs, warrants and certificates
    12www.euronext.com/en/news/euronext-nasdaq-clearing-agreement-power-derivatives-transfer-set-for-march-2026.
    13 www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-and-clearstream-launch-partnership-further-strengthen
    14www.euronext.com/en/investor-relations/financial-information/news/euronext-announces-success-its-offering-bonds-due
    15 www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-launches-first-phase-its-strategic-multi-year-repo
    16 https://www.euronext.com/en/about/media/euronext-press-releases/euronext-launch-voluntary-share-exchange-offer-for-all-athex-0
    17 Offer is subject to customary and regulatory approvals.

    18 The Nasdaq Nordic transaction qualifies as an ‘asset acquisition’. The full purchase price, consisting of a fixed amount of US$35.0 million and a contingent consideration amount estimated at US$115.0 million, is allocated to customer relationships as an intangible asset. The Group has chosen to apply the liability approach that follows IFRIC 1 principles for recognition of the contingent consideration liability, whereby subsequent changes in the liability are adjusted against the carrying amount of the related asset.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: On Senate Floor, Shaheen Leads Colleagues in Attempts to Lessen Harmful Impacts of Trump Tariff Taxes on American Families and Businesses; Republicans Block Shaheen Bill to Shield Granite Staters from Higher Costs

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Hampshire Jeanne Shaheen

    **Shaheen’s bill would have clarified that the President does not have the authority to level sweeping tariffs through the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), but it was blocked from passage by Senate Republicans**

    (Washington, DC) – Ahead of many of President Trump’s sweeping tariffs taking effect on Friday, U.S. Senator Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Ranking Member of the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee and a top member of the U.S. Senate Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship, took to the Senate floor this evening to call for unanimous consent to pass her Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes on Imported Goods Act and lead her colleagues in highlighting the devastating impacts the President’s trade war has on families, small businesses, American manufacturing and key trade partnerships across the world. If Senate Republicans had not blocked the move, Shaheen’s legislation would have clarified that the President does not have the authority to invoke the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) to level sweeping tariffs. Click HERE to watch Shaheen’s remarks in full.

    U.S. Senators Peter Welch (D-VT), Maria Cantwell (D-WA), Ed Markey (D-MA), Ron Wyden (D-OR), Amy Klobuchar (D-MN) and Richard Blumenthal (D-CT) joined Shaheen to underscore the damaging effects of the Trump tariff taxes.

    Key quotes from Senator Shaheen:

    • “Those tariffs are expected to add about $2,400 in costs for the average household per year. That’s why I introduced the Protecting Americans from Tax Hike on Imported Goods Act. This bill states clearly that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act cannot be used to place taxes on imports. If the President needs to block a dangerous product, he still can under my legislation. But if there is a real threat, I think we’d want to stop it, not just tax it. That’s what my bill does. It makes clear what a Federal Court has already found: that IEEPA, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, does not authorize tariffs. Passing my bill would give businesses and families more certainty to plan for the future, and to keep more of their hard-earned dollars in their pockets.”
    • “Now we just saw a deal announced with the EU by the President and Ursula von der Leyen, the head of the European Commission, forcing 15% taxes on imports. Now compare that to what we were paying in 2024 for at the same time. That was about 1.5%. So under this “great deal” that the President negotiated with the EU, Americans are going to be paying ten times what we paid last year. And with Japan, President Trump agreed to a 15% tax. That’s also ten times what we were paying last year. So, let’s not pretend that these are some big wins. The President can announce that, but they’re only a slight improvement on a crisis that the President created himself.”
    • “At a time when people are rightly worried about the rising cost of living, Trump’s tariffs amount to a tax to make everything from clothes to housing to food even more expensive. For example, last month, home prices hit a record high. And these tariffs could add more than $10,000 to the cost of a home. Coffee prices hit a record high earlier this year, and now President Trump wants to put a 50% tariff on Brazil, our largest source of coffee. As families do their back to school shopping, they’re going to see higher prices for clothing and shoes. Those prices could go up by 35% by the end of the year. And for new parents, just for example, the price of one stroller at Walmart went up 50% in two months.”

    Full Remarks as Delivered

    On Friday, we may be facing the next escalation in the President’s trade war. The tariffs that the President announced in April on virtually every country in the world are set to go into full effect tomorrow night at 12:01 AM.

    Those tariffs are expected to add about $2,400 in costs for the average household per year.

    That’s why I introduced the Protecting Americans from Tax Hike on Imported Goods Act. This bill states clearly that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act cannot be used to place taxes on imports. If the President needs to block a dangerous product, he still can under my legislation.

    But if there is a real threat, I think we’d want to stop it, not just tax it. That’s what my bill does. It makes clear what a Federal Court has already found: That IEEPA, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, does not authorize tariffs.

    Passing my bill would give businesses and families more certainty to plan for the future, and to keep more of their hard-earned dollars in their pockets.

    Virtually every business in New Hampshire that I’ve visited since the President announced his proposed tariffs has said that, in addition to the tariffs, the uncertainty is as difficult for them as the tariffs.

    So, I’m disappointed that Senator Crapo decided to block this commonsense legislation. Sadly, I’m not surprised.

    But this bill would do so much to help families and businesses in all of our states. It would shield them from higher costs.

    And we’ve been hearing about some of these deals that Senator Crapo referred to that have been reached with the EU and Japan. But let’s be clear about what those deals mean, because even after those deals, those “agreements”, trade agreements, Americans are going to be left paying dramatically higher tariffs.

    A new analysis this week found that we will be paying the highest tariffs since the Great Depression. And we saw what those tariffs before the Great Depression contributed to.

    Now we just saw a deal announced with the EU by the President and Ursula von der Leyen, the head of the European Commission, forcing 15% taxes on imports.

    Now compare that to what we were paying in 2024 for at the same time. That was about 1.5%. So under this “great deal” that the President negotiated with the EU, Americans are going to be paying ten times what we paid last year.

    And with Japan, President Trump agreed to a 15% tax. That’s also ten times what we were paying last year.

    So, let’s not pretend that these are some big wins. The President can announce that, but they’re only a slight improvement on a crisis that the President created himself.

    At a time when people are rightly worried about the rising cost of living, Trump’s tariffs amount to a tax to make everything from clothes to housing to food even more expensive.

    For example, last month, home prices hit a record high. And these tariffs could add more than $10,000 to the cost of a home.

    Coffee prices hit a record high earlier this year, and now President Trump wants to put a 50% tariff on Brazil, our largest source of coffee.

    As families do their back to school shopping, they’re going to see higher prices for clothing and shoes.

    Those prices could go up by 35% by the end of the year.

    And for new parents, just for example, the price of one stroller at Walmart went up 50% in two months.

    And there are countless more products that are facing higher prices.

    So let’s be clear: These tariffs do nothing to bring down costs. And in fact, I could add, as I said earlier in this statement, about $2,400 to the average household’s yearly expenses.

    That’s money that most families don’t have just lying around. We have all of those costs from these tariffs. And yet at this moment, 30 hours from when the tariffs are going to go into effect, we still have seen no official notice implementing any of these deals.

    And that includes, by the way, no clarity on whether prescription drugs coming from Europe will face a 15% tariff starting in two days.

    I had a chance to meet with a pharmaceutical company this week, and they were lamenting what the impact was going to be on prescription drug prices because of the tariffs from the EU.

    Last Friday, I visited the Brueckner Group in New Hampshire. They supply equipment to domestic manufacturers and import some of their specialized machines, which they make in Europe.

    The machines they bring in are sold to manufacturers here in the U.S. to make everything from IV bags to toothpaste containers. They have 80 employees in the U.S., and far more work on their machines at other companies across the country.

    They saw orders put on hold in April, and further investments in the U.S. are delayed because they can’t be certain what the tariffs are going to be that they might face.

    So they told me that even worse than the tariffs in some way, is the uncertainty that’s been created, the chaos that’s been created by President Trump’s announcements because people don’t know how to plan. Businesses don’t know what to invest in.

    I believe in supporting domestic manufacturing. It’s New Hampshire’s third largest industry, but half of all imports are raw materials and intermediate goods. The very things that domestic manufacturers rely on.

    Instead of supporting domestic manufacturing, these trade policies are making future American manufacturing more expensive. And furthermore, they’re threatening jobs.

    You know, my husband and I started out our married life owning and operating a small business. I know the hardest part of small businesses is growing and sustaining those businesses when you’re uncertain about what’s going to happen. And that’s what these tariffs create. As I heard, Brueckner Group USA, as I’ve heard of every business I’ve visited.

    When I visited Brueckner four days ago, we had a 10% tax on everything imported from the EU, and at the time, that was set to jump to 30% this Friday. Then Sunday we saw an agreement to set the tax at 15%, but with unclear exceptions to that tax. Like as I heard from the pharmaceutical company, with prescription drugs.

    I also heard from Flight Coffee Roasters in Bedford, New Hampshire. They’re worried about the President’s threat to place new tariffs on Brazil because they’ve already been paying a 10% markup on coffee because of these tariffs. Now they’re facing a 50% tax on Brazilian coffee starting on Friday, and they have no choice but to charge consumers more.

    Their most popular product comes from Brazil. So this is a big hit to their business. And they can’t be sure how this is going to impact their sales.

    And we should be clear, the U.S. has a trade surplus with Brazil.

    This threat is just because the President wants Brazil’s independent judiciary to stop the prosecution of Brazil’s former President.

    How is any business supposed to plan for that kind of rationale and for those kinds of swings?

    They need to secure financing. They need to place orders. They need to invest in order to grow in the months and years ahead.

    But building a new plant and moving production takes time. In some cases, it takes years.

    So how can companies plan when they don’t even know whether the Trump tax, his tariff, is going to be 10% or 30% or something in between or something higher?

    New Hampshire’s in a housing crisis. How can builders plan their costs when no one can tell them if there’s going to be a new 30 or even 50% tax on their materials come Friday?

    And how can a family already struggling with high costs continue to pay the rent and put food on the table if their household expenses are going up $2,400 this year?

    And now, on Friday, the administration is planning to make the good businesses and families need 10 or 30 or 40 or 50% more expensive overnight.

    This President promised to lower the price of everything: Groceries, rent, energy. What these tariffs do is just the opposite.

    And we’re hearing a lot of positive spin from the administration about the deals that they’re striking. But let me end by making two points.

    First, we heard a lot of talk about 90 deals in 90 days. Well, we’re way past that deadline. And we’ve seen six, count them, six announcements. And it’s not even clear that Vietnam has actually agreed to what the President announced.

    Second, I want to remind all of us that these deals all force Americans and American businesses to pay a tax rate that is far higher than what we saw before the President engaged in this trade war.

    I talked earlier about how for both Europe and Japan, Americans will face a tax that’s ten times higher than we paid last year. That same trend holds across every deal he’s announced.

    With Indonesia, he agreed to a 19% tax, four times what we paid last year. With the Philippines, a 20% tax, up from 1.3%. So 15 times what we paid last year. And for the UK, where we have a trade surplus, again, a trade surplus, he agreed to a 10% tariff, again ten times what we paid in 2024.

    So we should be very clear: All of these rates are an increase from what Americans have been paying since April.

    This President has raised average tariffs from 2.5% to more than 17%, the highest level since the Great Depression.

    Again and again, he is adding cost to American families and businesses. And what are these costs for? They’re to finance tax cuts for the wealthiest Americans, for the biggest corporations.

    The end result of the President’s art of the deal on trade is higher costs for families, uncertainty for businesses and alienated allies who no longer view America as a reliable partner to do business with.

    Thank you, Mr. President. I yield the floor.

    Senator Shaheen is helping lead efforts in Congress to mitigate the harmful impacts of President Trump’s tariffs. Last week, Shaheen helped introduce bipartisan legislation, Creating Access to Necessary American-Canadian Duty Adjustments (CANADA) Act, that would exempt United States-owned small businesses from the sweeping tariffs imposed on Canadian products. Last month, Shaheen led 30 Senators in filing an amicus brief in a key case, Oregon v. Department of Homeland Security, challenging the Trump Administration’s abuse of emergency powers to impose tariffs. In January, Shaheen introduced the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes on Imported Goods Act.

    In recent months, Shaheen has traveled across the Granite State to discuss the impact of tariffs on New Hampshire’s tourism industry and to visit businesses impacted by President Trump’s trade war including Brueckner Group USA, Colby Footwear, Chatila’s Bakery, C&J, DCI Furniture, Mount Cabot Maple, American Calan Inc. and NH Ball Bearings.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Banking: Dear CEO letter to Designated Businesses

    Source: Isle of Man

    Dear CEO letter to Designated Businesses in relation to the Designated Businesses Portal (“the Portal”) and administration by Designated Businesses

    The Isle of Man Financial Services Authority (the “Authority”) has issued a “Dear CEO” letter to all Designated Businesses registered under the Designated Businesses (Registration and Oversight) Act 2015 (as amended June 2019). 

    The letter provides clarification of the Authority’s expectations in relation to the information supplied to the Authority and the maintenance of the Portal.  The letter links back to the Designated Business Registration Website User Guide December 2019.

    A copy of the letter is here.

    If you have any questions regarding the letter, please contact dnfbp@iomfsa.im

    MIL OSI Global Banks

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Breaking the cycle of gender-based violence | Briser le cycle de la violence fondée sur le sexe

    Alberta’s government is investing in prevention-focused initiatives to stop violence before it starts. One-time grants totalling $720,000 will support three community-led programs that promote healthy relationships, emotional well-being and positive role modelling among men and boys. These programs help create the necessary conditions for healing and long-term safety.

    Gender-based violence affects people of all ages, genders and backgrounds across Alberta. With two in three women and one in three men experiencing sexual violence in their lifetime, there is a clear need to support prevention efforts that include and engage men and boys.

    “Men and boys are key partners in our work to end gender-based violence and this funding strengthens programs that build safer communities for everyone. I am grateful to the front-line workers leading that change and helping to break the cycle of violence today.”

    Tanya Fir, Minister of Arts, Culture and Status of Women

    This investment delivers on Priority 2: Prevent gender-based violence before it begins, as outlined in Building on Our Strengths: Alberta’s 10-Year Strategy to End Gender-Based Violence. The strategy commits to supporting targeted prevention programs that engage and mobilize more men and boys as partners in stopping violence at its roots.

    “Ending gender-based violence means engaging everyone – especially men and boys. Through our federal government’s National Action Plan to End Gender-Based Violence, we’re proud to support Alberta’s efforts to create safe, supportive spaces where healing is nurtured and violence is stopped before it starts.”

    Rechie Valdez, federal Minister of Women and Gender Equality and Secretary of State (Small Business and Tourism)

    These programs go beyond prevention, offering safe, supportive spaces where men and boys can heal, grow and reconnect with their communities after experiencing violence. Trusted community organizations will deliver these services to those at risk of experiencing or committing harm.

    “Preventing gender-based violence requires a collaborative approach including men. We are pleased to see the government support Men& now and in the future as part of its 10-Year Strategy. We look forward to using this investment to advance data-driven strategies to create a future free from domestic violence and abuse.”

    Kim Ruse, CEO, Fear is Not Love Society

    “Culturally rooted support for Indigenous men and boys is crucial to preventing gender-based violence. The Government of Alberta’s financial support of the I Am A Kind Man program helps Friendship Centres build capacity to be an essential catalyst for the development of respectful relationships founded on traditional values.”

    Joanne Mason, CEO, Alberta Native Friendship Centres Association

    “If we are going to be successful in preventing gender-based violence, we need to go upstream and stop the violence before it starts. This funding is supporting three rural Alberta communities to look closely at the social conditions that allow violence to take root – and identify how local leaders can help change those conditions to create safer, healthier communities.”

    Reave MacLeod, co-acting CEO, YWCA Banff

    In addition to this targeted grant, Alberta’s government continues investing more than $188 million in provincewide supports. This includes emergency shelters, safe transportation, legal assistance and other critical supports.

    Quick facts

    • Men and boys are  by gender-based violence both as victims and perpetrators, with one-third of Canadian men experiencing some form of intimate partner violence in their lifetime.
    • The $720,000 investment expands three ongoing community-led initiatives that engage men and boys in violence prevention. The grant recipients are:
      • Fear is Not Love Society – $280,000 ($210,000 in 2024–25, $70,000 in 2025–26)
      • Alberta Native Friendship Centres Association (ANFCA) – $200,000
      • Young Women’s Christian Association (YWCA) Banff – $240,000
    • The grant includes $650,000 in federal funding for 2024–25 as part of the bilateral agreement under the National Action Plan to End Gender-Based Violence.

    Related information

    • Alberta’s 10-Year Strategy to End Gender-Based Violence

    Related news

    • Alberta takes action: Ending gender-based violence (May 13, 2025)

    L’Alberta fait progresser sa stratégie décennale, Bâtir sur nos forces, en investissant dans des programmes qui aident les hommes et les garçons à prévenir la violence fondée sur le sexe.

    Le gouvernement de l’Alberta investit dans des initiatives axées sur la prévention afin de stopper la violence avant qu’elle ne survienne. Des subventions ponctuelles totalisant 720 000 $ soutiendront trois programmes communautaires qui favorisent les relations saines, le bien-être émotionnel et les modèles positifs chez les hommes et les garçons. Ces programmes contribuent à créer les conditions nécessaires à la guérison et à la sécurité à long terme.

    La violence fondée sur le sexe touche des gens partout en Alberta, quels que soient leur âge, leur sexe et leurs origines. Puisque deux femmes sur trois et un homme sur trois subissent des violences sexuelles au cours de leur vie, il est essentiel de soutenir les efforts de prévention qui incluent et mobilisent les hommes et les garçons.

    « Les hommes et les garçons sont des partenaires clés dans le travail que nous menons pour mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe, et ce financement renforce les programmes qui contribuent à bâtir des communautés plus sûres pour toutes et pour tous. Je suis reconnaissante envers le personnel de première ligne qui mène ce changement et qui contribue déjà à briser le cycle de la violence. »

    Tanya Fir, ministre des Arts, de la Culture et de la Condition féminine

    Cet investissement répond à la priorité numéro 2, « Prévenir la violence fondée sur le sexe avant qu’elle ne survienne », telle que définie dans le document Bâtir sur nos forces : Stratégie décennale de l’Alberta pour mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe. La stratégie s’engage à soutenir des programmes de prévention ciblés qui mobilisent davantage les hommes et les garçons et qui en font des partenaires pour enrayer la violence à sa source.

    « Mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe signifie mobiliser tout le monde – en particulier les hommes et les garçons. Nous sommes fiers de notre Plan d’action national pour mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe, qui soutient les efforts de l’Alberta pour créer des environnements sûrs et bienveillants, où la guérison est appuyée et où la violence est stoppée avant même qu’elle n’éclate. »

    Rechie Valdez, ministre fédérale des Femmes et de l’Égalité des genres et secrétaire d’État (Petites entreprises et Tourisme)

    Ces programmes vont au-delà de la prévention : ils offrent des environnements sûrs et bienveillants où les hommes et les garçons peuvent guérir, évoluer et se reconnecter à leur communauté après avoir vécu de la violence. Des organismes communautaires de confiance offriront ces services aux personnes à risque de subir ou de commettre des actes de violence.

    « Prévenir la violence fondée sur le sexe nécessite une approche collaborative dont les hommes font partie. Nous sommes heureux de voir le gouvernement soutenir Men& dès maintenant et dans l’avenir dans le cadre de sa stratégie décennale. Nous avons hâte d’utiliser ce financement pour faire progresser des stratégies éclairées par des données afin de créer un avenir sans violence ni abus. »

    Kim Ruse, directrice générale, Fear is Not Love Society

    « Pour prévenir la violence fondée sur le sexe, les hommes et les garçons autochtones ont absolument besoin d’un soutien enraciné dans leur culture. Le soutien financier du gouvernement de l’Alberta au programme I Am A Kind Man aide les centres d’amitié à renforcer leur capacité pour devenir ainsi un catalyseur essentiel au développement de relations respectueuses fondées sur les valeurs traditionnelles des Autochtones. »

    Joanne Mason, directrice générale, Alberta Native Friendship Centres Association

    « Si nous voulons réussir à prévenir la violence fondée sur le sexe, nous devons intervenir en amont et stopper la violence avant qu’elle ne survienne. Ce financement soutient trois communautés rurales de l’Alberta dans l’analyse des conditions sociales qui permettent à la violence de s’enraciner et dans l’identification des moyens par lesquels les chefs de file locaux peuvent changer ces conditions et créer ainsi des communautés plus sûres et plus saines. »

    Reave MacLeod, codirectrice générale intérimaire, YWCA Banff

    En plus de cette subvention ciblée, le gouvernement de l’Alberta continue d’investir plus de 188 millions de dollars dans des mesures de soutien mises de l’avant à l’échelle provinciale, notamment des refuges d’urgence, des services de transport sécurisés, de l’aide juridique et d’autres mesures essentielles.

    En bref

    • Les hommes et les garçons sont touchés par la violence fondée sur le sexe à la fois comme victimes et comme auteurs : un homme canadien sur trois subira en effet une forme de violence conjugale au cours de sa vie.
    • L’investissement de 720 000 $ permet d’élargir trois initiatives communautaires en cours qui mobilisent les hommes et les garçons dans la prévention de la violence. Les bénéficiaires sont les suivants :
      • Fear is Not Love Society – 280 000 $ (210 000 $ en 2024-2025, 70 000 $ en 2025-2026)
      • Alberta Native Friendship Centres Association (ANFCA) – 200 000 $
      • Young Women’s Christian Association (YWCA) Banff – 240 000 $
    • La subvention comprend 650 000 $ de financement fédéral en 2024-2025 dans le cadre de l’accord bilatéral du Plan d’action national pour mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe.

    Renseignements connexes

    • Stratégie décennale de l’Alberta pour mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe

    Actualités connexes

    • L’Alberta prend des mesures pour mettre fin à la violence fondée sur le sexe (13 mai 2025)

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI: Applied Releases Commercial Lines Premium Rate Index Findings for Q2 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Toronto, ON, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Applied Systems® today announced the second quarter 2025 results of the Applied Commercial Index™, the Canadian insurance industry’s premium rate index. Overall, the magnitude of rate increases was down across all lines relative to average premium renewals in the same quarter last year with 3.63% in Q2 2025 down from 5.83% in Q2 2024. All lines of business saw decreases compared to the same quarter last year.
    Quarter over quarter, Q2 2025 results showed average renewal rate change decreased across many lines of the most commonly placed Commercial Lines categories, including Real Estate Property, Business and Professional Services, and Construction. Hospitality Services and Retail Services experienced an increase in average renewal rate change.
    Significant findings include:

    • Business and Professional Services: Q2 2025 premium renewal rate change average was 3.00%, down from the Q1 2025 average of 3.99%.
    • Construction, Erection, and Installation Services: Premium renewal rate change average was 3.56% for the quarter, down from the Q1 2025 average of 3.85%.
    • Hospitality Services: Q2 2025 premium renewal rate change average was 4.53%, up from the Q1 2025 average of 3.08%.
    • Real Estate Property: Premium renewal rate change average was 3.38% for the quarter, down from the Q1 2025 average of 3.58%.
    • Retail Services: Premium renewal rate change averaged 4.62%, up from the Q1 2025 average of 4.57%.

    “This quarter’s average premium renewal rate change continues to decrease across the most commonly placed commercial lines of business, except Hospitality Services which saw a spike,” said Steve Whitelaw, SVP and general manager, Canada, Applied Systems. “As we make our way into the second of the year, the Applied Commercial Index will shine light on how current macro trends such as US tariffs and others will affect rates.”
    Access the complete quarterly report here.                                                            

    # # #

    Applied Commercial Index is a trademark of Applied Systems, Inc. All data is fully anonymized when aggregating and analyzing the Applied Commercial Index.

    About Applied Systems
    Applied Systems is the leading global provider of cloud-based software that powers the business of insurance. Recognized as a pioneer in insurance automation and the innovation leader, Applied is the world’s largest provider of agency and brokerage management systems, serving customers throughout the United States, Canada, the Republic of Ireland, and the United Kingdom. By automating the insurance lifecycle, Applied’s people and products enable millions of people around the world to safeguard and protect what matters most.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Austin Proptech Startup Rent with Clara Announces Launch of “Trust Layer” for the Rental Market

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Austin, Texas, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Rent with Clara, a Proptech platform developed by Clara Technologies, announced today a major rebrand and product repositioning aimed at combating rental fraud through a new infrastructure model it calls the “Trust Layer for the Rental Economy.” The company, accessible at https://www.rentwithclara.com, is introducing the Clara Rental Passport—a renter-controlled “Trust Layer” that combats fraud and accelerates secure, compliant rental applications for both renters and landlords.

    Rent with Clara – Tenant Screening Software

    Founded by real estate expert and tech entrepreneur Taylor Wilson, the platform combines rigorous verification technology with a mission-driven approach rooted in the founder’s own experience as a renter, landlord, and agent. Wilson’s firsthand exposure to the “inequities and inefficiencies” of the rental process inspired the creation of a platform that serves all sides of the transaction fairly—while delivering enterprise-grade fraud prevention for independent landlords and brokers alike.

    “We’re not trying to be the next listing site or property manager-in-a-box,” said Wilson. “This is about infrastructure. Just like Stripe did for payments and Plaid for banking data, Clara is building trust for rentals, fast, secure, and legally compliant.” – Taylor Wilson

    From Renter Frustration to Founder’s Vision

    The idea was born out of Wilson’s frustration navigating rental applications from all sides, first as a renter, then as a listing manager, and finally as an independent landlord. That trifecta gave her unique visibility into how broken the process was: from fraud-prone documents to invisible bias, and a complete lack of standardized, renter-controlled data.

    What emerged is the Clara Rental Passport: a reusable, renter-controlled profile that securely stores verified identity, income, rental history, and more. With one click, applicants can share it with any participating landlord. Meanwhile, landlords receive fully verified reports, delivered in minutes, without the risk of forged pay stubs or liability from non-compliant screening processes.

    An Anti-Fraud Platform Backed by FinTech DNA

    Under the hood, Clara leans on a powerful tech stack:

    • Argyle: real-time income and employment verification directly from payroll systems
    • Veriff: identity validation and secure data transfer
    • TransUnion: standardized credit and criminal background data

    “Fake pay stubs are a billion-dollar problem, and they’re shockingly easy to make,” Wilson said. “With Clara, landlords never have to look at a PDF again.” 

    – Taylor Wilson

    Clara’s compliance-first design is also built for scale, with compliance and transparency baked into every screening flow.

    Business Model Designed for Network Effects

    Unlike most screening platforms, Clara is free for landlords and agents. Renters pay a one-time $49 fee, which can be reused across multiple applications. That go-to-market strategy removes adoption friction and builds a virtuous network: the more landlords accept Clara, the more valuable the passport becomes.

    The company is currently bootstrapped, but Wilson confirmed that Clara Technologies is in early discussions with strategic investors as it ramps platform adoption across Texas and beyond.

    A look inside the application as a Landlord

    About Rent with Clara

    Rent with Clara is a PropTech platform that brings trust, speed, and security to the rental process through fraud-proof tenant screening and renter-controlled data. Built by Clara Technologies in Austin, TX, the platform is designed to serve landlords, agents, and renters with verified information they can rely on—without the friction of outdated paperwork or opaque decision-making. 

    Press inquiries

    Rent with Clara
    https://rentwithclara.com
    Gelo Amonelo
    gelo@rentwithclara.com
    Austin, Texas USA

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Deputy Chairman of Delovaya Rossiya Nonna Kagramanyan noted the high scientific and technical capabilities of the State University of Management

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Official website of the State –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    On July 31, 2025, the State University of Management was visited on a working visit by the Deputy Chairman and Head of the Executive Committee of the All-Russian public organization “Business Russia”, a graduate of the State University of Management, Nonna Kagramanyan.

    At the beginning of the visit, the rector of the State University of Management Vladimir Stroyev and the vice-rector Maria Karelina introduced the guest to the technical capabilities of the Media Center and the developments of the Engineering Project Management Center.

    As a former employee of VGTRK, Nonna Kagramanyan especially highly appreciated the Jalinga studio and noted its wide opportunities for promoting educational programs and any other media projects. The guest also liked the more familiar interior design studio, where materials for the school entrepreneurship Olympiad for the united company Wildberries and Russ are currently being recorded. As Vladimir Stroyev noted, three online master’s courses have already been recorded in the interior design studio during the short time of its operation.

    Vladimir Filatov, Director of the Center for Management of Engineering Projects at the State University of Management, spoke about the main areas of work of the Center, the activities of the inter-university student design bureau, and showed prototypes of unmanned aerial vehicles.

    Vladimir Stroyev paid special attention to the inter-university design bureau, which won the first specialized competition from the Ministry of Education and Science. The rector noted that the current project of the State University of Management surprised the expert committee, which did not expect something like this from a management university, because at the moment this is the only such experience in Russia.

    Vladimir Filatov shared the design bureau’s work scheme, in which young scientists and students perform design work, and GUU also plays the role of integrator of the entire inter-university network. In less than a year, students digitized more than 3,000 drawings ordered by TMH Engineering. The director of the engineering center reported high customer satisfaction from cooperation with GUU, as this allowed them to unload their staff engineers, while the students receive the necessary practical work experience from completing the order.

    Summing up what she saw in a conversation with the rector, GUU graduate Nonna Kagramanyan sincerely rejoiced at the successes of her native university: “You listen – and you are filled with pride. You have a whole world here, a whole world.”

    Moving to a more practical plane, Nonna Sayadovna put forward her proposals. First. Taking into account the high demand of businesses for the services of engineers, Delovaya Rossiya is ready to promote the scheme of work of student design bureaus tested at SUM, as well as manually send information about the finished developments of SUM to its partners. Second. For more systematic work, Delovaya Rossiya expects SUM to provide a list of the capabilities of the student design bureau in the form of a presentation for distribution to the partners of the organization, with the purpose of concluding agreements between them and SUM. Third. Through its production partner, Delovaya Rossiya will facilitate the start of serial production of the prototypes available at SUM. Fourth. Delovaya Rossiya asks to provide presentation materials and production conditions of the SUM Media Center for the possible resumption of the project of programs “Business Russia” together with the TV channel “Russia 24”.

    In addition, Nonna Kagramanyan discussed with the management of the State University of Management plans to create an Advanced Engineering School, new youth laboratories, additional classes in the Pre-University, as well as methodological opportunities for accelerated training of engineering personnel.

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    .

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: North Dakota Development Fund Approves $2.16M in Loans for Child Care, Tech and Ag Projects in Q2

    Source: US State of North Dakota

    The North Dakota Department of Commerce announced today that six companies were approved for a total of $2.16 million in loan funds through the North Dakota Development Fund, Inc. (NDDF) during the second quarter of 2025.

    “These investments reflect our commitment to economic growth and meeting community needs across North Dakota,” said Commerce Economic Development & Finance Deputy Director and Head of Investments and Innovation Shayden Akason. “We’re proud to support businesses that are expanding access to child care – an essential service that enables parents to remain in the workforce and strengthens the state’s economic resilience.”

    Loan highlights:

    • Discovery Properties LLC, Mandan – $805,000 to purchase and renovate a building for a new child care facility.
    • Reser LLC dba The Learning Tree, Minot – $100,000 to expand and remodel its existing facility.
    • Transcend Childcare Center, Fargo – $100,000 to acquire an existing child care facility.
    • OmniByte Technology Inc., Fargo – in working capital support.
    • Peace Academy Inc., Fargo – $450,000 to remodel a building and expand child care operations.
    • Dakota Valley Growers, Bathgate – $455,000 to construct a compost facility for its feedlot.

    From East to the West, the NDDF is powering progress – backing projects in Bathgate, Fargo, Minot, and Mandan. Whether it is value-added agriculture, child care, or technology, the NDDF helps bridge regions and industries to build a stronger, more resilient North Dakota

    Established in 1991, the NDDF provides flexible financing for new or expanding businesses. The fund also manages the Child Care Loan Program, which supports providers addressing critical workforce needs.

    For more information about the Development Fund, visit belegendary.link/North-Dakota-Development-Fund.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: RCI Banque: ‘’2025 First Half Business Report is now available’’

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    July 31st, 2025

    RCI Banque: ‘’2025 First Half Business Report is now available’’

    The RCI Banque group ‘’2025 First Half Business Report’’ is now available on the Mobilize Financial Services website www.mobilize-fs.com

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: China looks forward to further deepening dialogue and consultations with the US — Chinese Ministry of Commerce

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, July 31 (Xinhua) — China hopes to further deepen dialogue and consultations with the United States to achieve new mutually beneficial results, Chinese Ministry of Commerce spokesperson He Yadong said Thursday.

    The spokesman made the remarks at a regular departmental press briefing in response to a question about the recent trade talks between China and the United States held in Stockholm, Sweden.

    He Yadong said the two sides had a frank, in-depth and constructive exchange of views on China-US economic and trade relations, macroeconomic policies and other issues of common interest. He said the two sides also reviewed and approved the progress in implementing the consensus reached in Geneva and the framework agreements reached in London.

    Based on the consensus reached at the Stockholm talks, both sides will continue to promote a 90-day extension of the suspension of the U.S.’s 24 percent mirror tariffs and China’s countermeasures, He Yadong said.

    According to him, the consensus reached in Stockholm is expected to contribute to the further stabilization of Chinese-American trade and economic ties and bring more confidence to the development and stability of the global economy.

    China hopes to work with the United States in accordance with the important agreements reached by the two heads of state during their telephone conversation to make the most effective use of the role of the bilateral economic and trade consultation mechanism, the official representative of the Chinese Ministry of Commerce added. -0-

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    .

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: IAM District 4 Wins Voluntary Recognition for Maryland Veterans Home Nurses

    Source: US GOIAM Union

    In a significant development for healthcare workers at Charlotte Hall Veterans Home in Maryland, PruittHealth, the management company that runs the Home, has voluntarily recognized IAM District 4 as the official bargaining representative for approximately 80 Registered Nurses (RNs) and Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) employed at the facility.

    The decision came on July 9, 2025, just days before a union election was scheduled to take place. 

    IAM District 4 Organizer Kevin Gallegher had been in the process of bringing the group to a vote before IAM Eastern Territory International Representative Andrew Hounshell and the company’s legal counsel cordially agreed that PruittHealth would forgo a union election process. The company would instead voluntarily recognize IAM Union representation of the nurses based on a majority showing of support for the union through signed authorization cards.

    The bargaining unit includes all full-time and regular part-time RNs and LPNs at the veterans home, excluding managerial and certain supervisory roles. 

    IAM District 4 already represents multiple groups of workers at Charlotte Hall Veterans Home, including non-professional and service-related staff. Initial IAM representation at the facility started with maintenance staff, but the successful relationship between IAM Union and Charlotte Hall Veterans Home allowed for the IAM’s representation to grow to cover the entire facility’s non-managerial employees.

    “I’m very excited to see my home shop become completely unionized,” said IAM District 4 Business Representative Bonna McCarthy, who previously won voluntary recognition of drivers and the laundry and housekeeping staff with the company. “I’ve always believed we’re stronger together than divided like we have been for the past eight years. I look forward to preparing for negotiations and getting a fair contract so that the nurses’ voices can be heard.”

    Because of its strong presence at Charlotte Hall and its commitment to uplifting and supporting veterans, the IAM Union has put significant effort into bettering the veterans home to benefit all: In 2022, the IAM installed a new entry sign at the home after completely renovating and upgrading the communal courtyard space, all made possible with funds raised by the 2021 IAM International President’s Capital Classic Golf Tournament

    Additionally, IAM Veterans Services conducted collections of household and comfort items at IAM headquarters for Charlotte Hall veterans during the holiday season, and the IAM’s Winpisinger Center staff, which includes Local 4 members, host veterans from the home for lunch multiple times a year.

    “The recognition demonstrates a cooperative approach by PruittHealth to respect workers’ choices and avoid prolonged labor disputes,” said IAM District 4 Directing Business Representative Jay Wadleigh. “We’re proud to represent the staff at Charlotte Hall Veterans Home. We’re proud of the work they do, and we’re proud of the mutually beneficial relationship we have with management that ultimately leads to happy staff and well-cared-for veterans.”

    IAM District 4 now looks forward to entering negotiations with McCarthy at the helm to secure a first contract that reflects the needs and priorities of these dedicated nurses and new union members.

    “IAM District 4 is a strong force for good in Southern Maryland,” said IAM Eastern Territory General Vice President David Sullivan. “Their solidarity and union pride is strong, and we are pleased to welcome the rest of Charlotte Hall Veterans Home staff into our union. These are caregivers of our veterans, and we intend to make all of their lives better through the IAM.”

    The post IAM District 4 Wins Voluntary Recognition for Maryland Veterans Home Nurses appeared first on IAM Union.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Attorney General Bonta Issues Consumer Alert Amid Increase in Reported Scams Targeting the Military Community

    Source: US State of California

    Thursday, July 31, 2025

    Contact: (916) 210-6000, agpressoffice@doj.ca.gov

    Does an offer seem too good to be true? Take a tactical pause to evaluate  

    OAKLAND — In recognition of Military Consumer Month, Attorney General Rob Bonta today issued a consumer alert to help protect California service members, veterans, and their family members from targeted common scams and fraud. The military community and their families are often targets for predatory scammers: According to the Federal Trade Commission, military consumers nationwide reported over 99,400 fraud complaints last year — an increase from 2023’s approximately 93,000 complaints — including 44,587 imposter scams that reportedly cost them and their families over $199 million.  

    “More and more often, service members, veterans, and their families are targets for predatory scammers promising everything from home loans to jobs, and continuing education. This is absolutely unacceptable. As part of our commitment to protect those who protect us, my office will continue to bring the full force of the law against those who seek to exploit California’s military community,” said Attorney General Bonta. “If you have fallen victim to a scam or suspect fraudulent activity, get help and share your story so that we can help your fellow service members. You can report fraud to your local military or civilian law enforcement agency, or to the California Department of Justice at oag.ca.gov/report.”

    Why is the Military Community Targeted? 

    Military service members, veterans, and their families are frequently targeted by scammers who want access to their pay and benefits, and who know that military members will often pay even fraudulent or over-stated debts to avoid security clearance issues or other disruptions to their military careers. In addition, the camaraderie that unites the military community is often exploited by impostors who claim to be veterans in attempts to perpetrate scams or access personal information for fraudulent purposes.   

    Common Scams Targeting the Military Community:

    Scammers use a variety of tactics to gain trust. Protect yourself by staying up to date on common military- and veteran-targeted scams. Beware of the following: 

    • Charity Scams: Just because a charity includes the word “veteran” in its name doesn’t mean that veterans are members of the group, or that veterans or their families will benefit from a donation. Scammers will use names that sound legitimate or those that mimic the names of well-known charities to create confusion. Take the time to make an informed decision and be wary of aggressive solicitations. Go to oag.ca.gov/charities, under the Resources & Tools section, and click on Registry Verification Search. If a charity is not listed, it should not be soliciting funds in California. If it is listed, you can view its financial reports, including the IRS Form 990 that the charity is required to file with DOJ’s Registry of Charitable Trusts.
    • Predatory Schools: The GI Bill and other military education programs offer you the chance to attend school and plan for your future, but for-profit schools sometimes target service members and veterans with false promises. Slow down and take the time you need to make the right decision. Predatory schools often use high-pressure sales tactics to try to get you to sign up. It’s important to ask for information about the programs, such as graduation rates, job placement, and graduate salary information. Offers that seem too good to be true generally are. Further, don’t forget that educational opportunities at the California Community Colleges, California State University, and University of California may be available to you. 
    • Home Loan Scams: Be aware of scammers that — through phone calls or fraudulent mailers — claim to be affiliated with the government, the Department of Veterans Affairs, or your home loan servicer. These fraudsters may attempt to convince you to agree to loan modifications, refinance your home, or make payments on your loans. Be cautious of any individual or lender that contacts you and asks you to pay fees upfront before receiving any services; tells you to cancel your mortgage payment and resend the funds elsewhere; tells you to make payments to someone other than your current loan servicer; or pressures you to sign papers you haven’t had a chance to read thoroughly or that you don’t understand — including asking you to sign over the title to your property. 
    • Identity Theft and Fraud: Some scammers will pretend to be from the Department of Defense, Department of Veterans Affairs, or other official organizations in order to get your personal information so that they can commit identity theft or fraud. Before you provide any information, always make sure a request is coming from an official organization by doing a quick search on the internet or consulting a trusted source to get the organization’s real contact information. Never trust the contact information given by the person that is asking for your personal information, as scammers often give out fake contact information. Be wary of letters and emails that have misspellings, look unprofessional, or send you to a non-government website for information or action, as these are almost always fake. Lastly, never give out your Social Security number to receive military or veteran discounts. Scammers often promise military or veteran discounts in order to obtain personal information. 
    • Job Scams: Service members looking for new career opportunities after leaving service are a target for scammers posting fictitious job listings with the goal of stealing their personal information and finances. Avoid becoming a victim of job scams by conducting thorough research on the company. Additionally, stick to well-known job search platforms and government career websites when looking for job opportunities. Remember, legitimate employers will never require you to pay fees for applications, interviews, or background checks. You should also look out for fake check scams, which occur when a scammer posing as an employer sends you a counterfeit check to deposit into your account. The scammer will then ask you to send a portion of the funds back to them or a third party, while letting you keep some as payment. Eventually, the bank reverses the fake check, leaving you stuck paying the money back to the bank. If something feels off or suspicious during the job search, trust your instincts and end communication immediately.
    • Pension Scams: Veterans ages 65 and over are targeted by scam financial advisers who try to persuade senior veterans to buy costly annuities or transfer their assets into trusts, or pay unnecessary and illegal fees for help with a veterans pension application. These “advisers” claim to help veterans qualify for Aid and Attendance or other veterans benefits, but may cause you to lose eligibility or access to pension, disability, or healthcare benefits. If you are interested in Aid and Attendance or other veterans benefits, you can get free help from your County Veterans Service Office here.
    • Affinity Fraud: Affinity scams target members of identifiable groups, including the military. The perpetrators are — or pretend to be — members of the targeted group, and use sales pitches that rely on group trust and loyalty. In the military community, this includes exploiting the trust that service members have for their fellow service members, and for veterans who previously served. Don’t make a significant purchase, or an investment decision, based on the salesperson’s supposed military service, or the claim that a business is military-friendly or endorsed by the Armed Forces. Take a tactical pause, and shop around for the best deal.
    • Debt Collection and Illegal Threats: Debt collectors may try to trick or scare service members into making payments on debts. It is illegal for debt collectors to do any of the following: revoke your security clearance; contact your command in order to collect a debt (unless they have your consent, given after the debt came due, to do so); discipline or demote you; or garnish your pay. If a debt collector is trying to collect a debt that you do not owe or have already paid, dispute the debt in writing. Tell the debt collector why you do not owe the debt, include copies of any evidence you have, and mail this dispute to the debt collector using registered mail so that you have proof that the collector received it — and make sure to keep copies of everything for yourself. If you dispute the debt within 30 days after the collector first contacted you, the collector must stop collection until it shows you written proof of the debt.
    • Rental Housing Scams: These scams target military personnel looking for housing near a base, especially prevalent during the Permanent Change of Station season. Scammers pretend to be real estate agents and post fake ads for rental properties on websites, sometimes promising military discounts and other incentives in order to get service members to send them money for fees and deposits upfront. If someone insists on receiving money or other payments before a property has been seen, it is likely a rental scam. Avoid wiring money to reserve apartments, and use your installation housing office or established property management companies to locate potential housing. 
    • Predatory Auto Sales and Financing: Car dealers located near military bases may try to lure service members with promises of special deals for military personnel. Often, these so-called deals conceal the terms of purchase for the vehicle and result in the service member drastically overpaying for both the vehicle and the cost of financing. For example, dealers may insist that military personnel will not qualify for financing unless they purchase overpriced and unnecessary add-ons. Other times, the dealer may tell a service member who just purchased a car that the initial financing fell through and insist on renegotiating for worse terms. You should not rely on oral promises, nor feel pressured to enter into any purchase, without first reading and understanding the contract. If you are looking to purchase a car, you should explore all of your options for financing — including by contacting your bank or credit union — before making a purchase.  

    Protect Yourself from Scams:  

    • Bring a battle buddy when making big decisions, and take a tactical pause: Take your time with big decisions and get advice. A business that pressures you to make a quick decision or to not talk with your family, friends, a military financial counselor, or an officer or NCO that you trust may be out to scam you.
    • Take advantage of free annual credit reports: You are entitled to one free credit report every year from each of the three national credit bureaus: Equifax, Experian and TransUnion. Your credit history contains information from financial institutions, utilities, landlords, insurers, and others. By checking your credit reports at least once a year, you can identify signs of identity theft, as well errors in your report that could be raising the cost of your credit. Order your free annual credit reports by phone, toll-free, at 1-877-322-8228, or online at www.annualcreditreport.com.
    • Place a Fraud Alert: If your identity is stolen, put a fraud alert on your credit report by contacting the three main credit reporting agencies: Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion. Also, consider requesting a credit freeze, which will restrict access to your credit file, making it difficult for identity thieves to open new accounts in your name. Report identity theft right away and get a recovery plan at identitytheft.gov. Additionally, file a police report with your local sheriff or police department and keep a copy for your records.
    • Report Suspicious Activity: Never give out personal information to a lender or servicer that contacts you out of the blue. If you are feeling unsure, hang up and call your loan servicer directly at the number that is listed on your mortgage statement. Report suspicious activity to the Office of the Attorney General at oag.ca.gov/report and file a complaint with the FTC at reportfraud.ftc.gov.
    • Protect your online information and accounts with strong passwords: Protect yourself by using different, unique passwords for each of your online accounts. Make sure that the passwords you use are at least eight characters, including a mix of letters, numbers, and symbols.
    • Check your credit card bills and bank statements often: Look for unauthorized charges, withdrawals, or unexpected bills, and report irregular activity to your bank as soon as you see it. If you notice that a bill didn’t arrive on time, it may mean that someone has changed the contact information on your account in order to hide fraudulent charges. Don’t share personal information: Be careful about what personal information you share, such as your address or financial information.
    • Sign up for the Enhanced Homeowner Notification Program: If you reside in Los Angeles County, you may sign up to receive mailed copies of documents recorded against your home, allowing you to review recorded real estate documents so you are aware of actions taken against your property.

    If you believe you have been the victim or target of a scam, immediately contact your local police department or reach out to your base legal office. For the legal office’s contact information, ask your command or visit to legalassistance.law.af.mil/. California National Guard personnel can also obtain legal help at calguard.ca.gov. You may also file a complaint with the Office of the Attorney General at oag.ca.gov/report. For additional information on military-targeted scams, visit our website at oag.ca.gov/consumers/general/military.

    # # #

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Lee Introduces Protecting American Jobs Act

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Utah Mike Lee

    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator Mike Lee (R-UT) introduced legislation today to ensure unbiased due process for American workers and businesses in labor practice complaints. The Protecting American Jobs Act blocks the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) from prosecuting and adjudicating cases – returning adjudicatory power to the U.S. Courts where it belongs and eliminating biased court decisions.

    “Business disputes should be given a fair trial – not biased decisions from federal bureaucrats cosplaying as judges,” said Senator Mike Lee. “The NLRB should never be allowed to adjudicate the very cases it is prosecuting. My legislation will restore the right to a fair trial for workers and businesses as outlined by the Constitution, providing them due process and protection from biased bureaucrats.” 

    Background:

    The National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) currently investigates and adjudicates union representation disputes, unfair labor practice complaints, and contract disputes with federal court review only allowed in limited circumstances. This means that the NLRB acts as investigator, prosecutor, and judge with an unelected and unaccountable membership that turns over every few years – a structure poorly suited to ensure due process for either employees or employers. This bureaucratic and political mess results in delayed complaint resolutions, a damaged economy, and stalled business decisions which in turn stunt job growth.

    Congress should return the adjudicatory functions of the NLRB to the U.S. Courts as designed by the Constitution and revoke the Board’s power to prosecute unfair labor practice charges. Under this system, victims of unfair labor practices could still bring forth complaints for the NLRB to investigate, but the power to hear and adjudicate complaint cases would remain with the U.S. Court system, as in the adjudication of all other disputes between private parties. 

    Removing the influence of a politically charged federal agency would remove the “thumb on the scale” in these proceedings, providing both workers and businesses with a simplified and unbiased method for resolving disputes and a consistent set of regulations to follow.

    The Protecting American Jobs Act:

    • Removes the NLRB General Counsel’s power to issue complaints related to unfair labor practices.
    • Limits the Board’s rulemaking authority to rules concerning the internal functions of the Board.
    • Removes the Board’s power to bring charges of unfair labor practices and to adjudicate those charges and instead provides the Board with the authority to investigate unfair labor practices.
    • Moves relief of unfair labor practices to the courts where an aggrieved party may bring a civil action.
    • Requires the NLRB to review and revise its regulations to comply with these changes.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Financial News: Official Analytical Information Publication Calendar for August 2025

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Central Bank of Russia –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    31.07.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values31.07.2025—Banking System Review (in accordance with the requirements of the IMF SDDS)*01.07.202501.08.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values06.08.2025—Average monthly actual rates on loans provided by Moscow banks in rubles and US dollars (MIACR, MIACR-IG, MIACR-B, MIACR USD)July 202506.08.2025—Average weighted interest rates on loans and deposits and the structure of loans and deposits by maturity (information on loans provided to non-financial organizations)June 202506.08.2025—Information on allocated funds (information on loans granted to legal entities and individual entrepreneurs; small and medium-sized businesses)01.07.202506.08.2025 –Brief commentary “Lending to legal entities and individual entrepreneurs”01.07.202506.08.2025 –Information bulletin “Information on the mortgage housing lending market in Russia”01.07.202507.08.2025 –Financial assets and liabilities of the Households sector for selected financial instruments01.07.202507.08.2025 –Non-financial sector and household debt ratio for bank loans and issued debt securities01.07.202507.08.2025 –Key performance indicators of mutual investment fundsJune 202507.08.2025—Households sector transactions with financial assets and liabilities for individual financial instruments01.07.202507.08.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values07.08.202516:00International reserves of the Russian Federation (as of the beginning of the reporting date)08.08.202507.08.202516: 00International reserve assets (end of period) (in accordance with IMF SDDS requirements)*July 202507.08.2025—Dynamic series of key performance indicators of mutual investment funds and joint-stock investment fundsJune 202508.08.2025—Average weighted interest rates on loans and deposits and the structure of loans and deposits by maturity (information on loans granted to individuals; deposits of individuals and non-financial organizations)June 202508.08.2025—Information on average arithmetic interest rates on deposits of individuals in rubles, US dollars and eurosJune 202508.08.2025—Brief commentary “Interest rates on credit and deposit operations of credit institutions in rubles”June 202508/08/202511:00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values08.08.2025—Monetary base in a narrow definition01.08.202511.08.202516: 00Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in goods (according to the balance of payments methodology)*June 202512.08.2025—Key Stock Market Indicators*July 202513.08.2025—Statistical Bulletin “Lending to Small and Medium-Sized Businesses”June 2025 08/14/2025 16:00Assessment of the balance of payments of the Russian FederationJanuary-June 2025 08/14/2025 16:00Assessment of key aggregates of the balance of payments of the Russian FederationJanuary-June 2025 08/14/2025 16:00Assessment of the external debt of the Russian Federation01.07.202514.08.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values14.08.2025—Central Bank Survey (in accordance with IMF SDDS requirements)*01.08.202514.08.2025 –Short-term external debt of the Russian Federation by remaining maturity01.04.202514.08.2025 –Debt securities owned by Russian banks transferred under repo transactions with the Bank of Russia01.08.202514.08.2025 –Monetary base in a broad definition01.08.202515.08.2025 –Information on early repayment and refinancing of mortgage housing loansII quarter 2025 08/15/2025—Average daily turnover indicators of the interbank loan (deposit) market and repo transactionsJuly 2025 08/15/2025—Key derivative indicators of the ruble exchange rate dynamicsJuly 2025 08/15/2025 16:00The share of non-resident investments in the volume of bond issues of external bond loans of the Russian Federation01.07.202515.08.2025 –Dynamic series of the main indicators of the segment of individual investment accounts (IIA)II quarter 2025 08/15/202511:00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values15.08.202516:00Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in services by monthJune 2025 08/15/2025—Currency structure of settlements for the supply of goods and provision of services under foreign trade contracts by geographic zones and currencies of states in accordance with the Order of the Government of the Russian Federation dated 05.03.2022 No. 430-rJune 202520.08.202516:00Assessment of upcoming changes in international reserves and other liquidity in foreign currency of the monetary authorities of the Russian Federation*01.08.202521.08.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values21.08.2025—Central Bank Review01.08.202521.08.2025 –Review of credit institutions01.08.202521.08.2025 –Overview of the banking system01.08.202521.08.2025 –Listed shares of Russian issuers traded on the domestic market01.08.202521.08.2025 –Money supply M2 (national definition)01.08.202521.08.2025 –Variable coupon debt securities issued on the domestic market by type of base indicator01.08.202521.08.2025 –Domestic debt securities issued by interest rate types01.08.202521.08.2025 –Domestic debt securities01.08.202522.08.2025 –International investment position of the Russian Federation in national and foreign currencies01.04.202522.08.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values26.08.202516:00The share of non-resident investments in the volume of federal loan bond issues01.08.202527.08.202516: 00The share of non-resident investments in the volume of federal loan bond issues01.08.202528.08.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values28.08.2025—Domestic debt securities included in the sustainable development sector01.08.202529.08.2025 –Financial accounts and balance sheets of financial assets and liabilities of the system of national accounts of the Russian Federation01.04.202529.08.2025 –Information on deposited funds (information on loans granted to individuals)01.08.202529.08.2025 –Information on attracted funds (information on funds of organizations, bank deposits (deposits) and other attracted funds of legal entities and individuals, budget funds in accounts opened in credit institutions)01.08.202529.08.2025 –Indicators of the housing (mortgage housing) lending market01.08.202529.08.2025 –Key performance indicators of non-state pension funds operating in the area of compulsory pension insuranceII quarter 2025 08/29/2025—Key performance indicators of non-state pension funds operating in non-state pension provisionII quarter 2025 08/29/2025—Banking System Review (in accordance with the requirements of the IMF SDDS)*01.08.202529.08.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values01.09.2025—Dynamic series of the main performance indicators of professional participants in the securities marketII quarter 2025 09/01/2025—Dynamic series of the main indicators of brokers’ activitiesII quarter 202502.09.2025—Key indicators of the balance sheet and financial performance report of management companiesII quarter 2025 09/02/2025—Financial Sector Review01.04.202502.09.2025 –Review of other financial institutions01.04.202502.09.2025 –Dynamic series of key performance indicators of management companiesII quarter 2025 09/02/2025—Dynamic series of key performance indicators of trust managersII quarter 202509/04/2025—Average monthly actual rates on loans provided by Moscow banks in rubles and US dollars (MIACR, MIACR-IG, MIACR-B, MIACR USD)August 202509/04/202516:00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values05.09.2025—Information on the main performance indicators of the insurerJanuary-June 202505.09.2025—Non-financial sector and household debt ratio for bank loans and issued debt securities08.08.202505.09.202516: 00International reserves of the Russian Federation (as of the beginning of the reporting date)09.09.202505.09.202516: 00International reserve assets (end of period) (in accordance with IMF SDDS requirements)*August 202509/05/2025—Information bulletin “Information on the mortgage housing lending market in Russia”08.08.202505.09.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values05.09.2025—Monetary base in a narrow definition01.09.202508.09.2025 –Financial assets and liabilities of the Households sector for selected financial instruments01.08.202508.09.2025 –Average weighted interest rates on loans and deposits and the structure of loans and deposits by maturity (information on loans granted to individuals; deposits of individuals and non-financial organizations)July 202509/08/2025—Average weighted interest rates on loans and deposits and the structure of loans and deposits by maturity (information on loans provided to non-financial organizations)July 202509/08/2025—Information on average arithmetic interest rates on deposits of individuals in rubles, US dollars and eurosJuly 202509/08/2025—Information on allocated funds (information on loans granted to legal entities and individual entrepreneurs; small and medium-sized businesses)01.08.202508.09.2025 –Households sector transactions with financial assets and liabilities for individual financial instruments01.08.202508.09.2025 –Brief commentary “Interest rates on credit and deposit operations of credit institutions in rubles”July 202509/08/2025—Brief commentary “Lending to legal entities and individual entrepreneurs”08.08.202509.09.2025 –Key performance indicators of mutual investment fundsJuly 202509.09.2025—Dynamic series of key performance indicators of mutual investment funds and joint-stock investment fundsJuly 202511.09.202516:00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values11.09.202516:00Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in goods (according to the balance of payments methodology)*July 202512.09.2025—Key derivative indicators of the ruble exchange rate dynamicsAugust 2025 09/12/2025—Key Stock Market Indicators*August 2025 09/12/2025—Key performance indicators of housing savings cooperativesII quarter 2025 09/12/2025—Central Bank Survey (in accordance with IMF SDDS requirements)*01.09.202512.09.2025 –Monetary base in a broad definition01.09.202512.09.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values15.09.2025—Statistical Bulletin “Lending to Small and Medium-Sized Businesses”July 202515.09.2025—Average daily turnover indicators of the interbank loan (deposit) market and repo transactionsAugust 202509/15/202516:00Assessment of the balance of payments of the Russian FederationJanuary-July 2025 09/15/2025 16:00Assessment of key aggregates of the balance of payments of the Russian FederationJanuary-July 202515.09.2025—Currency structure of settlements for the supply of goods and provision of services under foreign trade contracts by geographic zones and currencies of states in accordance with the Order of the Government of the Russian Federation dated 05.03.2022 No. 430-rJuly 202516.09.2025—Debt securities owned by Russian banks transferred under repo transactions with the Bank of Russia01.09.202516.09.202516: 00Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in services by monthJuly 2025 09/18/2025 16:00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values19.09.202516:00Assessment of upcoming changes in international reserves and other liquidity in foreign currency of the monetary authorities of the Russian Federation*01.09.202519.09.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values22.09.2025—Central Bank Review01.09.202522.09.2025 –Review of credit institutions01.09.202522.09.2025 –Overview of the banking system01.09.202522.09.2025 –Money supply M2 (national definition)01.09.202523.09.2025 –Listed shares of Russian issuers traded on the domestic market01.09.202523.09.2025 –Variable coupon debt securities issued on the domestic market by type of base indicator01.09.202523.09.2025 –Domestic debt securities issued by interest rate types01.09.202523.09.2025 –Domestic debt securities01.09.202525.09.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values25.09.202516:00The share of non-resident investments in the volume of federal loan bond issues01.09.202526.09.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values29.09.2025—Domestic debt securities included in the sustainable development sector01.09.202530.09.2025 –Information on deposited funds (information on loans granted to individuals)01.09.202530.09.2025 –Information on attracted funds (information on funds of organizations, bank deposits (deposits) and other attracted funds of legal entities and individuals, budget funds in accounts opened in credit institutions)01.09.202530.09.2025 –Indicators of the housing (mortgage housing) lending market01.09.202530.09.202516: 00Balance of payments, international investment position and external debt of the Russian FederationII quarter 2025 09.30.202516:00Balance of Payments of the Russian Federation. Analytical PresentationII quarter 2025 09.30.202516:00Balance of Payments of the Russian Federation. Standard Components*II quarter 2025 09/30/2025—Banking System Review (in accordance with the requirements of the IMF SDDS)*01.09.202530.09.202516: 00International Investment Position of the Russian Federation. Standard Components (as of date)*01.07.202530.09.202516: 00International Investment Position of the Russian Federation. Main AggregatesII quarter 2025 09.30.202516:00External debt of the Russian Federation by maturity and financial instruments*01.07.202530.09.202516: 00External debt of the Russian Federation in national and foreign currencies01.07.202530.09.202516: 00External debt of the Russian Federation01.07.202501.10.2025 –Financial assets and liabilities of the Households sector01.07.202501.10.2025 –Households sector transactions with financial assets and liabilities01.07.202502.10.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values03.10.202511:00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values03.10.2025—Monetary base in a narrow definition01.10.202506.10.2025 –Average monthly actual rates on loans provided by Moscow banks in rubles and US dollars (MIACR, MIACR-IG, MIACR-B, MIACR USD)September 202507.10.2025—Average weighted interest rates on loans and deposits and the structure of loans and deposits by maturity (information on loans provided to non-financial organizations)August 2025 10/07/2025—Information on allocated funds (information on loans granted to legal entities and individual entrepreneurs; small and medium-sized businesses)09.09.202507.10.2025 –Non-financial sector and household debt ratio for bank loans and issued debt securities01.09.202507.10.202516: 00International reserves of the Russian Federation (as of the beginning of the reporting date)01.10.202507.10.202516: 00International reserve assets (end of period) (in accordance with IMF SDDS requirements)*September 202507.10.2025—Brief commentary “Lending to legal entities and individual entrepreneurs”09.09.202507.10.2025 –Information bulletin “Information on the mortgage housing lending market in Russia”09.09.202507.10.2025 –Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in services in the structure of the extended classification of services (according to the balance of payments methodology)II quarter 2025 10/08/2025—Financial assets and liabilities of the Households sector for selected financial instruments09.09.202508.10.2025 –Average weighted interest rates on loans and deposits and the structure of loans and deposits by maturity (information on loans granted to individuals; deposits of individuals and non-financial organizations)August 2025 10/08/2025—Information on average arithmetic interest rates on deposits of individuals in rubles, US dollars and eurosAugust 2025 10/08/2025—Key performance indicators of mutual investment fundsAugust 2025 10/08/2025—Households sector transactions with financial assets and liabilities for individual financial instruments09.09.202508.10.2025 –Brief commentary “Interest rates on credit and deposit operations of credit institutions in rubles”August 2025 10/08/2025—Dynamic series of key performance indicators of mutual investment funds and joint-stock investment fundsAugust 2025 10/09/2025—Current account of the balance of payments of the Russian Federation with seasonal adjustmentII quarter 2025 09.10.2025—Main aggregates of the current account of the balance of payments of the Russian Federation with seasonal adjustmentII quarter 202509.10.202516:00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values09.10.2025—Dynamics of individual indicators of the current account with seasonal adjustmentII quarter 2025 10.10.2025—Direct investments of the Russian Federation by the asset/liability principle and the directional principle01.07.202510.10.2025 –List of financial sector organizations01.10.202510.10.2025 –Key Stock Market Indicators*September 202510.10.2025—Accumulated balances on direct investments of the Russian Federation on direct investment instruments (by the principle of direction)01.07.202510.10.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values13.10.202516:00Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in goods (according to the balance of payments methodology)*August 2025 10/14/2025—Export of certain types of services by subjects of the Russian FederationII quarter 2025 October 14, 2025—Statistical Bulletin “Lending to Small and Medium-Sized Businesses”August 2025 10/14/2025—Key derivative indicators of the ruble exchange rate dynamicsSeptember 202510/14/2025—Central Bank Survey (in accordance with IMF SDDS requirements)*01.10.202514.10.2025 –Import of certain types of services by subjects of the Russian FederationII quarter 2025 October 14, 2025—Monetary base in a broad definition01.10.202515.10.2025 –Average daily turnover indicators of the interbank loan (deposit) market and repo transactionsSeptember 202510/15/202516:00Assessment of the balance of payments of the Russian FederationJanuary-August 202510/15/202516:00Assessment of key aggregates of the balance of payments of the Russian FederationJanuary-August 202510/15/2025—Currency structure of settlements for the supply of goods and provision of services under foreign trade contracts by geographic zones and currencies of states in accordance with the Order of the Government of the Russian Federation dated 05.03.2022 No. 430-rAugust 202510/16/202516:00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values16.10.2025—Debt securities owned by Russian banks transferred under repo transactions with the Bank of Russia01.10.202516.10.202516: 00Foreign trade of the Russian Federation in services by monthAugust 2025 10/17/2025—Extended Non-Financial Sector and Household Debt Measure01.07.202517.10.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values20.10.2025—Export of certain types of services by types of economic activity of residents of the Russian FederationII quarter 202510/20/202516:00Assessment of upcoming changes in international reserves and other liquidity in foreign currency of the monetary authorities of the Russian Federation*01.10.202520.10.2025 –Central Bank Review01.10.202520.10.2025 –Review of credit institutions01.10.202520.10.2025 –Overview of the banking system01.10.202520.10.2025 –Import of certain types of services by types of economic activity of residents of the Russian FederationII quarter 2025 October 20, 2025—Money supply M2 (national definition)01.10.202522.10.2025 –Listed shares of Russian issuers traded on the domestic market01.10.202522.10.2025 –Variable coupon debt securities issued on the domestic market by type of base indicator01.10.202522.10.2025 –Domestic debt securities issued by interest rate types01.10.202522.10.2025 –Domestic debt securities01.10.202523.10.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values24.10.202511:00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values27.10.202516:00The share of non-resident investments in the volume of federal loan bond issues01.10.202530.10.2025 –Information on deposited funds (information on loans granted to individuals)01.10.202530.10.2025 –Information on attracted funds (information on funds of organizations, bank deposits (deposits) and other attracted funds of legal entities and individuals, budget funds in accounts opened in credit institutions)01.10.202530.10.2025 –Indicators of the housing (mortgage housing) lending market01.10.202530.10.202516: 00Total international reserve assets, end of working week*weekly values30.10.2025—Domestic debt securities included in the sustainable development sector01.10.202531.10.2025 –Banking System Review (in accordance with the requirements of the IMF SDDS)*01.10.202531.10.202511: 00Monetary base in narrow definition (Weekly values)weekly values

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI: Carronade Shares Perspectives on Viasat

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Carronade Supports Spin-Off or IPO of the Defense and Advanced Technologies Business

    Potential 215% to 520% Upside in the Stock if Company Completes a Separation

    Defense and Advanced Technologies is Worth $50/share Alone

    DARIEN, Conn., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Carronade Capital Management, LP on behalf of its managed entities (“Carronade Capital”, “our” or “we”), have beneficial ownership of approximately 2.6% of the outstanding shares of Viasat, Inc., (NASDAQ: VSAT) (“Viasat” or the “Company”) today issued the following open letter outlining its perspective on Viasat’s ongoing strategic review and offering a clear and effective way to unlock the substantial, unrealized value embedded within the Company.

    Carronade’s letter underscores a compelling case for separating the undervalued and underappreciated Defense and Advanced Technologies (“DAT”) segment, which could be one of the most attractive pure-play defense-technology platforms in the market today, with best-in-class margins, double-digit revenue growth and significant exposure to next-gen defense technologies. Carronade believes a successful execution of a DAT separation would crystallize value for shareholders, empower both DAT and Communications Services segments to chart focused, capital-efficient growth strategies and bolster financial flexibility to drive the share price up to $100 per share. Carronade believes the remaining Communications Services segment would have less debt and be positioned for free cash flow generation.

    Carronade urges Viasat’s Board and management team to prioritize a DAT spin as the key outcome of the ongoing strategic review and believes it would garner strong investor support.

    The full letter follows:

    Carronade Capital Management, LP on behalf of its managed entities (“Carronade Capital,” “our,” or “we”) have beneficial ownership of approximately 2.6% of the outstanding shares of Viasat, Inc., (“Viasat” or the “Company”), making us one of Viasat’s top investors. We have been investors in Viasat since 2023 and are long-term believers in the Company’s mission, the strength of its leadership team, and the extraordinary strategic position the Company holds at the intersection of secure communications, global connectivity, and aerospace and defense technology.

    Today, we wanted to share our view that the current valuation of Viasat fails to reflect the value of its most important asset — the Defense and Advanced Technologies (“DAT”) business. We believe that the time has come to separate this crown jewel through a spin-off or IPO, a step which we believe should unlock tremendous value and can result in the pre-event Viasat shares trading at a range of ~$50 to $100+ per share. With the strategic review process already underway, we believe this is the clearest, most effective way to unlock the substantial, unrealized value embedded within the Company.

    Highlight A Premier High-Growth Aerospace and Defense Tech Platform

    The case for separation is compelling. In our view, the DAT segment could be one of the most attractive standalone defense-technology platforms in the public markets today. With best-in-class margins, double-digit revenue growth, and significant exposure to next-generation defense and dual-use technologies, DAT is already delivering on a vision to which many public and private peers can only aspire.

    Excluding the non-recurring contribution from the litigation settlement in Q2 FY2024, as reported revenue within DAT grew almost 17% in the last 12 months, with LTM EBITDA margins of 28%. Demonstrating the continued rapid trajectory of this business, the Company reported in Q4 FY2025 that the backlog within DAT grew 50% year over year with a book-to-bill of 1.2x. These figures also screen extremely well under the “Rule of 40”, combining profitability with robust growth, and we strongly believe the business would be rewarded accordingly on a standalone basis.

    We believe DAT’s business lines span critical and rapidly growing areas. This is further enhanced by market share gains, driving growth that continues to exceed overall TAM growth. DAT has the potential to benefit across the following new initiatives and new technologies:

    • Golden Domefalls under Tactical Networking and Space & Mission Systems within DAT (providing encrypted mesh networking, battle management systems, ISR integration)
      • DAT’s tactical networking and secure communications systems are highly applicable to layered air and missile defense systems such as the Golden Dome. Its encrypted mesh networks and ISR data links can help integrate interceptors, radars, and command nodes in contested environment        
    • Next-Generation Encryptionpart of Information Security & Cyber Defense, a core DAT unit
      • Develops advanced, Type 1-certified encryption for high-assurance military communications. As defense agencies adopt edge-resilient encryption, we believe DAT stands to benefit from long-cycle upgrades across satellites, tactical radios, and classified networks
    • Drones (UAVs and UAS)spans Tactical Networking and Space & Mission Systems
      • Anti-jam networking solutions for a wide range of unmanned aerial systems. As demand accelerates for autonomous ISR and strike platforms, we believe DAT is well positioned to scale its footprint across drone technology
    • Direct-to-Device (D2D)supported by both Advanced Technology & Other and Space & Mission Systems
      • DAT is advancing D2D capabilities through both government waveform programs and a commercial joint initiative with UAE-based Space42, focused on developing a global, 3GPP-compliant multi-orbit NTN platform designed to enable future connectivity directly to unmodified smartphones and IoT devices using licensed L-band and S-band spectrum
    • Low Earth Orbit (LEO)squarely in Space & Mission Systems
      • The Space & Mission Systems team provides space-qualified hardware, optical inter-satellite links, and advanced ground integration tools that support LEO network resilience. As multi-orbit architectures gain traction, they benefit from integration roles across both government and commercial constellations

    The above are all long-cycle, durable growth markets with deep commercial and government demand, and we believe DAT is already winning. Yet despite this backdrop, from our perspective the market is barely valuing DAT at all — its performance is being obscured by broader investor concerns with respect to Communication Services, as evidenced by a nearly 20% short interest in the stock.

    Carronade’s Analysis Supports $50 – $100+ per Share Valuation

    This disconnect is further underscored by the current valuation environment for DAT’s aerospace and defense peers. Mid-cap defense-technology companies such as Kratos Defense & Security Solutions, AeroVironment, Karman Holdings, Redwire, and Mercury Systems (“Comp Set”) have historically traded between 20x-40x EV/EBITDA, and in many cases are significantly higher today, as public investors seek exposure to the growth in the aerospace and defense industry. By contrast, the market appears to be pricing Viasat as a structurally challenged communications conglomerate. We believe this framing fails to recognize both the profitability and the growth trajectory of DAT.

    It is not an overstatement to say that from a value perspective, Viasat is an aerospace and defense tech focused company first, that also happens to be in the satellite communications business. Our analysis suggests, utilizing a 20% discount to the median 2025E EBITDA multiple of the DAT Comp Set, less overall net debt, a valuation of over $50/sharemore than 3x the current stock price – excluding any value for the $1.3 billion EBITDA Communication Services business or the $8/share in value from the Ligado Networks settlement. In total, using the historical ranges for the DAT Comp Set and 4.0x1 on the Communication Services business, we believe the stock is worth between ~$50-$100/share, and well in excess of $100/share if DAT trades at the current median of the Comp Set.

    While each peer has a distinct focus, they are all aerospace and defense technology companies that we believe are well positioned to benefit from similar tailwinds. Over the past five years, this Comp Set has generally traded at 20x to 40x EBITDA, with further multiple expansion seen in 2025. The chart below illustrates the implied Viasat share price after applying these historical ranges to DAT, alongside a fixed 4.0x multiple for Communication Services and our assumptions for the present value of the recent Ligado Networks settlement.

    DAT’s implied size, revenue growth, leading margins, and exposure to the most exciting aerospace and defense themes, highlight the favorable comparability to the Comp Set as shown below. With 50% year over year backlog growth, strong book-to-bill, and new recent awards, we believe growth trends are supported into 2026 and beyond.

    We believe the separation of DAT would not only catalyze a re-rating of that business but also deliver material benefits to the remaining company. Viasat could retain a portion of the spin-off for future monetization. If an IPO were pursued, proceeds could be used to de-lever the balance sheet, bolstering capital flexibility, while reducing financial risk. Moreover, the current stock price implies standalone valuation near the lows after adjusting for the approximately $8/share Ligado Networks settlement value that was unanticipated by most market participants. Finally, we believe separating DAT would allow both businesses to be valued on their own strategic and financial merits and create transparency into the dramatically different growth, TAMs, margin profiles, and capital requirements of each.

    Resilient Global Communications Business

    Carronade also believes the Communications Services segment is materially misunderstood by the market with competitors such as Starlink and Kuiper catalyzing a substantial amount of pessimism on the shares. We believe a separation will help shine a light on the positive trajectory of this business.

    With five-to-ten year contract terms in the in-flight connectivity (“IFC”) business, this unit of Communication Services has approximately 1,600 additional commercial aircraft that will be put into service under existing customer agreements with commercial airlines over time, on top of the 4,120 currently in-service aircraft, representing 39% growth2. The durability of IFC growth, coupled with a high-growth government business and an inflecting maritime business, as evidenced by NexusWave recently exceeding 1,000 vessel orders3, in our view demonstrates the long-term viability of the core satellite business. Critically, in our view Communication Services is set to generate consistent positive free cash flow in the coming quarters, and more significantly, the long-term cash generation of the satellite business is set to inflect strongly after the successful deployment of the ViaSat-3 F2 and F3 satellites. According to a research report from Deutsche Bank on March 24th4, each new ViaSat-3 satellite has the potential to add 2 to 3 percentage points of growth to Communication Services revenue, while also shifting the revenue mix toward higher-margin, internally provisioned capacity and reducing reliance on low-margin wholesale sales. Once capital expenditures for the ViaSat-3 constellation are complete, we expect annual capex to decline to below $1 billion (from ~$1.3 billion in FY2026), creating substantial room for accelerated free cash flow generation and debt paydown.

    Given all of the above, we believe our valuation of 4.0x on the Communication Services segment is conservative and unjustifiably below similar business valuations. SES, when accounting for the present value of 100MHz of possible C-band monetization, and pro forma for the Intelsat acquisition, trades at 4.25x-4.50x on the base business. Similarly, both Eutelsat and Iridium trade at high-single-digit EBITDA multiples5. In our view, the growth opportunities, end customers, and stickiness of contracts are significantly more attractive for Viasat’s Communication Services business.

    As a result of the settlement with Ligado Networks, the Company is set to receive $568 million in fiscal year 2026, coupled with a lease stream through 2107 that increases 3% per year6 that is worth north of $500 million from a present value perspective, which positions it for further de-levering. The Company’s remaining spectrum portfolio offers substantial flexibility for future monetization to which we ascribe no value in this analysis. In our view, these dynamics are obscured in the current structure and would be far more visible in a standalone Communications Services business.

    The Time to Act is Now

    With strong commercial momentum across both segments, from NexusWave surpassing 1,000 vessel orders and sustained growth in in-flight connectivity for the Communication Services business, and a proven track record of growth and profitability within DAT, we believe Viasat is at a critical inflection point. In our view, the growth and profitability of DAT is only set to accelerate due to rapidly increasing investment within drone technology, direct-to-device, advanced encryption, Golden Dome, and LEO. Yet we are seeing that public markets continue to discount the stock due to a misplaced narrative. We believe executing a spin-off or IPO of DAT, the Company’s most valuable asset, would not only crystallize value for shareholders, it would empower both businesses to chart focused, capital-efficient growth strategies with improved investor visibility.

    We applaud management exploring various paths to unlock portfolio value, drive returns and shareholder value, but urge them to consider our proposed path forward. We believe a spin-off or IPO of DAT would be met with broad investor support and would position Viasat to emerge as two distinct, category-leading companies: one a premier, high-growth aerospace and defense tech platform; the other a resilient, cash-generating global connectivity business while unlocking tremendous value resulting in ~$50 to $100+ per share.

    About Carronade Capital

    Carronade Capital Management, LP (“Carronade Capital Management”) is a multi-strategy investment firm based in Connecticut with approximately $2.5 billion in assets under management that focuses on process driven investments in catalyst-rich situations. Carronade Capital Management, founded in 2019 by industry veteran Dan Gropper, currently firm employs 14 team members and is based in Darien, Connecticut. Carronade Capital was launched on July 1, 2020. Dan Gropper brings with him nearly three decades of special situations credit experience serving in senior roles at distinguished investment firms, including Aurelius Capital Management, LP, Fortress Investment Group and Elliott Management Corporation.

    Important Disclaimers

    Not an Offer or Solicitation. This press release is for informational purposes only. It does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities described herein in any state to any person.

    Not Financial Advice. This press release does not recommend the purchase or sale of a security. There is no assurance or guarantee with respect to the prices at which any securities of Viasat, Inc. (the “Company”) will trade, and such securities may not trade at prices that may be implied herein. In addition, this press release and the discussions and opinions herein are for general information only, and are not intended to provide financial, legal or investment advice. Each shareholder of the Company should conduct their own financial research and analysis and make a decision that aligns with their own financial interests, consulting with their own advisers, as necessary.

    Forward-Looking Statements. This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts and may include projections and estimates and their underlying assumptions, statements regarding plans, objectives, intentions and expectations with respect to future financial results, events, operations, services, product development and potential, and statements regarding future performance. Forward-looking statements are generally identified by the words “expects”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “intends”, “estimates”, “plans”, “will be” and similar expressions. Although Carronade Capital and its affiliates believe that the expectations reflected in forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, investors are cautioned that forward-looking information and statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties—many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond the control of Carronade Capital or the Company—that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements. In addition, the foregoing considerations and any other publicly stated risks and uncertainties should be read in conjunction with the risks and cautionary statements discussed or identified in the Company’s public filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including those listed under “Risk Factors” in the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q . The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof and, other than as required by applicable law, Carronade Capital does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information or statements.

    Data and Analysis. Certain information included in this press release is based on data obtained from sources considered to be reliable. Any analysis provided herein is intended to assist the reader in evaluating the matters described herein and maybe based on subjective assessments and assumptions and may use one among alternative methodologies that produce different results. Accordingly, any analysis should not be viewed as factual and should not be relied upon as an accurate prediction of future results. Projected information presented herein is generated using an internal Carronade model and is therefore inherently limited. This information is generated based on certain estimates and assumptions which are subject to change based on prevailing market and economic conditions, as well as Carronade’s ongoing assessment of the Company. All figures are estimates and, unless required by law, are subject to revision without notice.

    Holdings and Trading. Certain of the funds(s) and/or account(s) (“Accounts”) managed by Carronade Capital Management, LP (“Carronade Capital Management”) currently beneficially own shares of the Company. Carronade Capital Management in the business of trading (i.e., buying and selling) securities and intends to continue trading in the securities of the Company. You should assume the Accounts will from time to time sell all or a portion of its holdings of the Company in open market transactions or otherwise, buy additional shares (in open market or privately negotiated transactions or otherwise), or trade in options, puts, calls, swaps or other derivative instruments relating to such shares. Consequently, Carronade Capital Management’s beneficial ownership of shares of, and/or economic interest in, the Company may vary over time depending on various factors, with or without regard to Carronade Capital Management’s views of the Company’s business, prospects, or valuation (including the market price of the Company’s shares), including, without limitation, other investment opportunities available to Carronade Capital Management, concentration of positions in the portfolios managed by Carronade Capital Management, conditions in the securities markets, and general economic and industry conditions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of a change in the Company’s share price on or following the date hereof, Carronade Capital Management may buy additional shares or sell all or a portion of its Account’s holdings of the Company (including, in each case, by trading in options, puts, calls, swaps, or other derivative instruments relating to the Company’s shares). Carronade Capital Management also reserves the right to change the opinions expressed herein and its intentions with respect to its investment in the Company, and to take any actions with respect to its investment in the Company as it may deem appropriate, and disclaims any obligation to notify the market or any other party of any such changes or actions, except as required by law.

    Media Contact:
    Paul Caminiti / Jacqueline Zuhse
    Reevemark
    (212) 433-4600
    Carronade@reevemark.com

    Investor Contacts:
    Andy Taylor / Stas Futoransky
    Carronade Capital Management, LP
    (203) 485-0880
    ir@carronade.com

    1Derived by using a discount to SES SA, Eutelsat Communications, and Iridium Communications as the peer set for Communications Services; for illustrative purposes only.
    2Viasat 2025 Annual Report
    3Viasat July 1, 2025 Press Release
    4Deutsche Bank report “Multiple Paths to Unlocking Value; Upgrade to Buy”
    5Source: Bloomberg
    6Viasat June 13, 2025 Press Release

    Charts accompanying this announcement are available at

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/1b382282-b275-4da4-a882-c526b3387fc4

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/710e4232-9a2e-4280-9767-20bd501b699a

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/1786b60d-3b34-4f9e-8100-77a6b4c15b9a

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: RCI Banque: ‘’2025 First Half Business Report’’

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    July 31st, 2025

    RCI Banque: ‘’2025 First Half Business Report’’

    The RCI Banque group ‘’2025 First Half Business Report’’ is now available on the Mobilize Financial Services website www.mobilize-fs.com

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Risch, Colleagues Introduce Legislation to Ensure Fairness for Firearm Small Businesses

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Idaho James E Risch

    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator Jim Risch (R-Idaho) and 17 Republican colleagues today introduced the Equal Shot Act. The legislation prohibits the Small Business Administration (SBA) from discriminating against firearm-related businesses.

    “Federal agencies have no authority to deny critical support to small businesses based on ideological bias,” said Risch. “The Equal Shot Actdefends the Second Amendment rights of Idaho’s small business firearm industry and ensures these law-abiding Americans have fair access to resources that will help them thrive.”

    Risch is joined by U.S. Senators Mike Crapo (R-Idaho), Marsha Blackburn (R-Tenn.), Ted Budd (R-N.C.), Shelley Moore Capito (R-W.Va.), Bill Cassidy (R-La.), Steve Daines (R-Mont.), Deb Fischer (R-Neb.), Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-Miss.), Jim Justice (R-W.Va.), John Kennedy (R-La.), James Lankford (R-Okla.), Mike Lee (R-Utah), Cynthia Lummis (R-Wyo.), Tim Scott (R-S.C.), Tim Sheehy (R-Mont.), and Tommy Tuberville (R-Ala.) in introducing the Equal Shot Act.

    The Equal Shot Act was introduced in the House by U.S. Representative Roger Williams (R-Texas), chairman of the House Committee on Small Business.

    “The Equal Shot Act ensures every eligible small business is treated fairly and without political bias,” said Williams. “Under the Biden Administration, firearm-related businesses were targeted and singled out by federal agencies and financial institutions simply because of what they represent. These law-abiding job creators should not be punished for supporting the Second Amendment. I want to thank Senator Risch for his support on this important legislation. Every business on Main Street deserves the same opportunity to succeed.”

    “Under the last administration, the Small Business Administration was caught red-handed adopting discriminatory policies aimed at denying financial assistance to members of the firearm industry that provide the means for Americans to exercise their Second Amendment rights,” said Lawrence G. Keane, National Shooting Sports Foundation (NSSF) Senior Vice President and General Counsel. “The federal government should not be picking winners and losers in a free market based on political ideology. Every lawful business should have an equal shot at success. NSSF is grateful to Senator Risch for his leadership in sponsoring the Equal Shot Act which will ensure the Small Business Administration can never again be weaponized to deny financial assistance to help small businesses in our industry grow and create jobs that are vital to the future of our nation’s economy and the Second Amendment.”

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: FDA Requires Major Changes to Opioid Pain Medication Labeling to Emphasize Risks

    Source: US Department of Health and Human Services – 3

    For Immediate Release:
    July 31, 2025

    The U.S. Food and Drug Administration is requiring safety labeling changes to all opioid pain medications to better emphasize and explain the risks associated with their long-term use. These changes follow a public advisory committee meeting in May that reviewed data showing serious risks—such as misuse, addiction, and both fatal and non-fatal overdoses—for patients who use opioids over long periods. “The death of almost one million Americans during the opioid epidemic has been one of the cardinal failures of the public health establishment,” said FDA Commissioner Marty Makary, M.D., M.P.H. “This long-overdue labeling change is only part of what needs to be done — we also need to modernize our approval processes and post-market monitoring so that nothing like this ever happens again.” Tragically, the new drug application for OxyContin was initially approved without study data supporting its long term use to treat pain in many patient populations for which it has been prescribed. The updated labeling change reflects robust data from two large FDA-required observational studies, called postmarketing requirements (PMR) 3033-1 and 3033-2, which recently provided new data on how long-term opioid use can lead to serious side effects. After reviewing those results, public comments, medical research and recognizing the absence of adequate and well-controlled studies on long-term opioid effectiveness, the FDA decided to require safety labeling changes to help health care professionals and patients make treatment decisions rooted in the latest evidence.  “I know firsthand how devastating addiction is—not just for individuals, but for entire families and communities,” said HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. “Today’s FDA action is a long-overdue step toward restoring honesty, accountability, and transparency to a system that betrayed the American people.”
    FDA has required an additional prospective, randomized, controlled clinical trial to directly examine the benefits and risks of long-term opioid use. The Agency will be closely monitoring the progress of this clinical trial to ensure its timely completion.
    The labeling changes will include the following updates:    

    Clearer Risk Information: A summary of study results showing the estimated risks of addiction, misuse, and overdose during long-term use. 
    Dosing Warnings: Stronger warnings that higher doses come with greater risks, and that those risks remain over time. 
    Clarified Use Limits: Removing language which could be misinterpreted to support using opioid pain medications over indefinitely long duration 
    Treatment Guidance: Labels will reinforce that long-acting or extended-release opioids should only be considered when other treatments, including shorter-acting opioids, are inadequate. 
    Safe Discontinuation: A reminder not to stop opioids suddenly in patients who may be physically dependent, as it can cause serious harm. 
    Overdose Reversal Agents: Additional information on medicines that can reverse an opioid overdose. 
    Drug Interactions: Enhanced warning about combining opioids with other drugs that slow down the nervous system—now including gabapentinoids. 
    More Risks with Overdose: New information about toxic leukoencephalopathy—a serious brain condition that may occur after an overdose. 
    Digestive Health: Updates about opioid-related problems with the esophagus.  

    The FDA sent letters to the relevant applicants outlining the required changes. The companies will have 30 days to submit their labeling updates to the FDA for review.
    More information is available in the FDA’s Drug Safety Communication.

    Consumer:888-INFO-FDA

    ###

    Boilerplate

    The FDA, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, protects the public health by assuring the safety, effectiveness, and security of human and veterinary drugs, vaccines and other biological products for human use, and medical devices. The agency also is responsible for the safety and security of our nation’s food supply, cosmetics, dietary supplements, radiation-emitting electronic products, and for regulating tobacco products.

    Content current as of:
    07/31/2025

    Follow FDA

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Announcing Avery Prendergast’s Participation in the Successful Farmers of Salem Internship Program

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WILMINGTON, Del., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Farmers of Salem (FOS), a regional mutual insurance company specializing in insurance for home and business owners, is pleased to announce Avery Prendergast’s successful participation in their internship program. Graduating from Levittown’s Neshaminy High School, Ms. Prendergast is completing a degree in both Legal Studies and Risk Management & Insurance with Temple University of Philadelphia. She is looking forward to a December 2025 graduation. When asked how her interest in RMI came about, Avery said, “I became interested in RMI when I took the Introduction to Risk Management class at Temple. It reminded me of torts, which was something I had studied at Bucks County Community College while in the Paralegal program. It mixed well with my Legal Studies major, so I decided to take both majors.”

    Of the Intern Delaware program, Ms. Prendergast said, “ID has introduced me to industries, and people that I would never have gotten the opportunity to meet. It is a great program that shows you how easy it is to get involved and get things done in this wonderful state. ID has provided unique opportunities like visiting Legislative Hall, meeting past and present senators, networking with other interns in a variety of industries, and learning from senior executives and other professionals firsthand.” With only one more semester left, Avery is excited to settle into a career and is making the most out of her summer with Farmers. In her free time, she enjoys reading novels, watching movies with friends, and camping with her family.

    When asked “Why Farmers?”, Ms. Prendergast said, “I have had an amazing time working at Farmers of Salem this summer. Transitioning from working retail and being a student, to working a 9-5 was daunting, but everyone was so welcoming and kind that it became an easier process. FOS has a great environment where my voice matters. I am seen as a person and not just an employee. I have been tasked with real projects and work that make each day feel productive and meaningful.” Avery added, “With the rotational internship, I have been able to go through multiple departments and learn the ins and outs of the business. There have been so many lightbulb moments when I am learning something new and connecting the dots to something else in another department. I have learned so much that will help me with my final college courses and my future career.”

    Temple University uniquely hosts Actuarial Science and Risk Management & Insurance degree programs. Dr. Drennan, Chair of Risk, Actuarial Science, and Legal Studies at Temple University, along with his team, challenge students through thought-provoking course work while setting the bar quite high. 

    Elizabeth Dean, Human Resources Director for Farmers of Salem said, “The difference with Farmers of Salem’s internship program, compared to other insurance companies, is that we ask interns to roll up their sleeves and get to work alongside our tenured team members. This job-shadowing approach has allowed interns to gain first-hand experiences as they rotate through the various departments of the organization. Our employees enjoy mentoring the interns, not only to share their knowledge, but to learn from interns that have been so well prepared by Temple.” Added by Jim Reagan, CPCU, Vice President Product & Regulatory Compliance, “Asking our interns to get down to business and work alongside our valued employees is precisely what sets our internship experience apart. This process has been validated by our intern feedback.”

    About Farmers of Salem
    Founded in 1851, and located on the Riverfront in Wilmington DE, Farmers of Salem provides insurance coverage to homeowners and businesses in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, and Maryland through a network of independent agents. Rated A- Excellent by A.M. Best Company and a Financial Stability Rating of A Exceptional by Demotech, Inc. “We pride ourselves in providing Superior Service with Personal Attention,” says Kim Lorenzini, Vice President, Marketing & Business Development.

    For more information about Farmers of Salem, visit www.farmersofsalem.com

    As a mutual corporation, fundamentally rooted in serving our community, we engage in corporate philanthropy, giving annually to an array of organizations and causes. Through our giving, in local markets where we have a presence, Farmers of Salem has supported educational development, physical education, and health and wellness programs that provide communities in most need with essential services, opportunities to improve the quality of their lives and provide them with assets to create a better future.

    A partial list of events and organizations that Farmers of Salem supports annually:

    • Autism Delaware
    • Serviam Girls Academy
    • Vehicles for Veterans
    • Salem County Humane Society
    • Habitat for Humanity
    • VFW Post #253
    • Operation Legacy
    • Keeping Hope Alive, Inc.
    • Temple University 
    • Girl Scouts and Boy Scouts
    • Holiday Service Project – Thanksgiving Food Baskets – Salvation Army
    • Make A Wish
    • American Red Cross
    • American Cancer Society
    • Longwood Gardens
    • Bo Lends a Paw Pet Pantry
    Contact: Kim Lorenzini
      856-628-0150
      klorenzini@fosnj.com
     

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/0d1f5ccc-9a93-4259-b449-b63c5eb4f69a

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Asure Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Second Quarter 2025 Total Revenues Increased 7% to $30.1 million

    Recurring Revenues Grew 6% from Prior Year

    AUSTIN, Texas, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Asure Software, Inc. (“we”, “us”, “our”, “Asure” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: ASUR), a leading provider of cloud-based Human Capital Management (“HCM”) software solutions, today reported results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Second Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue of $30.1 million, up 7% year over year, excluding ERTC up 10% from the prior year second quarter
    • Recurring revenue of $28.6 million versus $27.1 million during the prior year second quarter
    • Net loss of $6.1 million versus a net loss of $4.4 million during the prior year second quarter
    • EBITDA(1) of $1.4 million versus $1.3 million during the prior year second quarter
    • Adjusted EBITDA(1) of $5.2 million versus $4.1 million during the prior year second quarter
    • Gross profit of $19.9 million versus $18.9 million during the prior year second quarter
    • Non-GAAP gross profit(1) of $21.9 million (Non-GAAP gross margin(1) of 73%) versus $20.4 million (and 73% in prior year second quarter)

    First Half 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue of $65.0 million, up 9% from prior year first half
    • Revenue (excluding ERTC revenue) of $64.8 million, up 11% from prior year first half
    • Recurring revenue of $61.8 million, up 8% from prior year first half
    • Net loss of $8.5 million versus a net loss of $4.7 million in the prior year first half
    • EBITDA(1) of $5.6 million versus $5.7 million in the prior year first half
    • Adjusted EBITDA(1) of $12.6 million versus $10.9 million in the prior year first half
    • Gross profit of $44.5 million versus $41.5 million in the prior year first half
    • Non-GAAP gross profit(1) of $48.1 million (margin of 74%) versus $44.2 million (margin of 74%) in prior year first half

    Recent Business Highlights

    • On July 1, 2025 Asure acquired Lathem Time Corporation, a trusted name in employee time and attendance solutions with more than a century of innovation for a purchase price of $39.5 million. The company has transformed into a modern software provider delivering cloud-based time and attendance solutions through its flagship platform PayClock® Online. Lathem’s customer base and go to market strategy of selling direct and via a strong reseller network are complementary to Asure’s focus on growing businesses.

    (1)This financial measure is not calculated in accordance with GAAP and is defined on page 3 of this press release. A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to the most applicable GAAP measure begins on page 11 of this release.

    Management Commentary

    “We are pleased to report another solid performance for the second quarter where our revenues of $30.1 million increased 7% from the prior year second quarter and excluding the impact of ERTC, revenue growth was 10%. Our results were driven by continued strong performances coming from our Payroll Tax Management product line and improving attach rates of our HCM products,” said Asure Chairman and CEO Pat Goepel.

    “We are excited to have completed the acquisition of Lathem Time Corporation on July 1, 2025 which we believe will be a great addition to the Asure product offering. The acquisition is expected to add to the scale of our existing time and attendance business with additional high margin recurring revenue and drive the ability to accelerate further cross-selling opportunities of Asure’s suite of HCM products. Our continued positive momentum, the investments we have made in our technology plus recently acquired products we believe position us well for the continued growth of Asure.”

    Third Quarter 2025 and Full Year 2025 Revenue Guidance Ranges

    The Company provides guidance for the third quarter of 2025 and increases the full year 2025 revenue range based on the Company’s year-to-date results and recent business trends, including the acquisition of Lathem Time Corporation.

    New Guidance for 2025

    Guidance Range   Q3-2025   PRIOR FY-2025 NEW FY-2025
    Revenue $ 35.0 M – 37.0 M $ 134.0-138.0 M $138.0 M -142.0 M
    Adjusted EBITDA(1) $ 7.0M -9.0 M   23%-24% 22% -24%
               

    Management uses GAAP, non-GAAP and adjusted measures when planning, monitoring, and evaluating the Company’s performance. The primary purpose of using non-GAAP and adjusted measures is to provide supplemental information that may prove useful to investors and to enable investors to evaluate the Company’s results in the same way management does.

    Management believes that supplementing GAAP disclosures with non-GAAP and adjusted disclosures provides investors with a more complete view of the Company’s operational performance and allows for meaningful period-to-period comparisons and analysis of trends in the Company’s business. Further, to the extent that other companies use similar methods in calculating adjusted financial measures, the provision of supplemental non-GAAP and adjusted information can allow for a comparison of the Company’s relative performance against other companies that also report non-GAAP and adjusted operating results.

    Management has not provided a reconciliation of guidance of GAAP to non-GAAP or adjusted disclosures because management is unable to predict the nature and materiality of non-recurring expenses without unreasonable effort.

    Management’s projections are based on management’s current beliefs and assumptions about the Company’s business, and the industry and the markets in which it operates; there are known and unknown risks and uncertainties associated with these projections. There can be no assurance that our actual results will not differ from the guidance set forth above. The Company assumes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, including its 2025 earnings guidance, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Please refer to the “Use of Forward-Looking Statements” disclosures on page 5 of this press release as well as the risk factors in our quarterly and annual reports on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for more information about risk that affect our business and industry.

    (1)This financial measure is not calculated in accordance with GAAP and is defined on page 3 of this press release. A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to the most applicable GAAP measure begins on page 11 of this release.

    Conference Call Details

    Asure management will host a conference call on Thursday, July 31, 2025, at 3:30 pm Central (4:30 pm Eastern). Asure Chairman and CEO Pat Goepel and CFO John Pence will participate in the conference call followed by a question-and-answer session. The conference call will be broadcast live and available for replay via the investor relations section of the Company’s website. Analysts may participate on the conference call by dialing 877-407-9219 or 201-689-8852.

    About Asure Software, Inc.

    Asure (Nasdaq: ASUR) provides cloud-based Human Capital Management (HCM) software solutions that assist organizations of all sizes in streamlining their HCM processes. Asure’s suite of HCM solutions includes HR, payroll, time and attendance, benefits administration, payroll tax management, and talent management. The company’s approach to HR compliance services incorporates AI technology to enhance scalability and efficiency while prioritizing client interactions. For more information, please visit www.asuresoftware.com

    Non-GAAP and Adjusted Financial Measures

    This press release includes information about non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP sales and marketing expense, non-GAAP general and administrative expense, non-GAAP research and development expense, EBITDA, EBITDA margin, adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted EBITDA margin. These non-GAAP and adjusted financial measures are measurements of financial performance that are not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and computational methods may differ from those used by other companies. Non-GAAP and adjusted financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable GAAP measures and should be read only in conjunction with the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP and adjusted financial measures are reconciled to GAAP in the tables set forth in this release and are subject to reclassifications to conform to current period presentations.

    Non-GAAP gross profit differs from gross profit in that it excludes amortization, share-based compensation, and one-time items.

    Non-GAAP sales and marketing expense differs from sales and marketing expense in that it excludes share-based compensation and one-time items.

    Non-GAAP general and administrative expense differs from general and administrative expense in that it excludes share-based compensation and one-time items.

    Non-GAAP research and development expense differs from research and development expense in that it excludes share-based compensation and one-time items.

    EBITDA differs from net income (loss) in that it excludes items such as interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Asure is unable to predict with reasonable certainty the ultimate outcome of these exclusions without unreasonable effort.

    Adjusted EBITDA differs from EBITDA in that it excludes share-based compensation, other income (expense), net and one-time expenses. Asure is unable to predict with reasonable certainty the ultimate outcome of these exclusions without unreasonable effort.

    All adjusted and non-GAAP measures presented as “margin” are computed by dividing the applicable adjusted financial measure by total revenue.

    Specifically, as applicable to the respective financial measure, management is adjusting for the following items when calculating non-GAAP and adjusted financial measures as applicable for the periods presented. No additional adjustments have been made for potential income tax effects of the adjustments based on the Company’s current and anticipated de minimis effective federal tax rate, resulting from the Company’s continued losses for federal tax purposes and its tax net operating loss balances.

    Share-Based Compensation Expenses. The Company’s compensation strategy includes the use of share-based compensation to attract and retain employees and executives. It is principally aimed at aligning their interests with those of our stockholders and at long-term employee retention, rather than to motivate or reward operational performance for any particular period. Thus, share-based compensation expense varies for reasons that are generally unrelated to operational decisions and performance in any particular period.

    Depreciation. The Company excludes depreciation of fixed assets. Also included in the expense is the depreciation of capitalized software costs.

    Amortization of Purchased Intangibles. The Company views amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, such as the amortization of the cost associated with an acquired company’s research and development efforts, trade names, customer lists and customer relationships, and acquired lease intangibles, as items arising from pre-acquisition activities determined at the time of an acquisition. While these intangible assets are continually evaluated for impairment, amortization of the cost of purchased intangibles is a static expense, one that is not typically affected by operations during any particular period.

    Interest Expense, Net. The Company excludes accrued interest expense, the amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

    Income Taxes. The Company excludes income taxes, both at the federal and state levels.

    One-Time Expenses. The Company’s adjusted financial measures exclude the following costs to normalize comparable reporting periods, as these are generally non-recurring expenses that do not reflect the ongoing operational results. These items are typically not budgeted and are infrequent and unusual in nature.

    Settlements, Penalties and Interest. The Company excludes legal settlements, including separation agreements, penalties and interest that are generally one-time in nature and not reflective of the operational results of the business.

    Acquisition and Transaction Related Costs. The Company excludes these expenses as they are transaction costs and expenses that are generally one-time in nature and not reflective of the underlying operational results of our business. Examples of these types of expenses include legal, accounting, regulatory, other consulting services, severance and other employee costs.

    Other non-recurring Expenses. The Company excludes these as they are generally non-recurring items that are not reflective of the underlying operational results of the business and are generally not anticipated to recur. Some examples of these types of expenses, historically, have included write-offs or impairments of assets, demolition of office space and cybersecurity consultants.

    Other (Expense) Income, Net. The Company’s adjusted financial measures exclude Other (Expense) Income, Net because it includes items that are not reflective of the underlying operational results of the business, such as loan forgiveness, adjustments to contingent liabilities and credits earned as part of the CARES Act, passed by Congress in the wake of the coronavirus pandemic.

    Use of Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains certain statements made by management that may constitute “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements about our financial results may include expected or projected U.S GAAP and other operating and non-operating results. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “projects,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements we make regarding our operating performance, future results of operations and financial position, revenue growth, earnings or other projections. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. The achievement or success of the matters covered by such forward-looking statements involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions, over many of which we have no control. If any such risks or uncertainties materialize or if any of the assumptions prove incorrect, our results could differ materially from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements we make. The risks and uncertainties referred to above include—but are not limited to—risks associated with breaches of our security measures; risks related to material weaknesses; possible fluctuations in our financial and operating results; privacy concerns and laws and other regulations may limit the effectiveness of our applications; the financial and other impact of any previous and future acquisitions; domestic and international regulatory developments, including changes to or applicability to our business of privacy and data securities laws, money transmitter laws and anti-money laundering laws; regulatory pressures on economic relief enacted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic that change or cause different interpretations with respect to eligibility for such programs; risk of our software and solutions not functioning adequately; interruptions, delays or changes in our services or our Web hosting; potential debt incurred to meet future capital requirements; volatility and weakness in bank and capital markets; access to additional capital; significant costs as a result of operating as a public company; the expiration of Employee Retention Tax Credits (“ERTC”) and the impact of the Internal Revenue Service recent measures regarding ERTC claims and the corresponding cash collections of existing receivables; the inability to continue to release timely updates for changes in laws; the inability to develop new and improved versions of our services and technological developments; customer’s nonrenewal of their agreements and other similar changes could negatively impact revenue, operating results and financial conditions; the exposure of market, interest, credit and liquidity risk on client funds held in trust; our operations in highly competitive markets; risk that our clients could have insufficient funds that could result in limitations in the ability to transmit ACH transactions; impairment of intangible assets; litigation and any related claims, negotiations and settlements, including with respect to intellectual property matters or industry-specific regulations; various financial aspects of our Software-as-a-Service model; adverse effects to our business a result of claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings; issues in the use of artificial intelligence in our HCM products and services; adverse changes to financial accounting standards to us; inability to maintain third-party licensed software; evolving regulation of the Internet, changes in the infrastructure underlying the Internet or interruptions in Internet; factors affecting our deferred tax assets and ability to value and utilize them; the nature of our business model; inability to adopt new or correctly interpret existing money service and money transmitter business status; our ability to hire, retain and motivate employees and manage our growth; interruptions to supply chains and extended shut down of businesses; potential enactment of adverse tax laws, regulation, political, economic and social factors; potential sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock along with its volatility; risks associate with potential equity-related transactions including dividends, rights under the stockholder plan to discourage certain actions and other impacts as a result of actions of our stockholders.

    Please review the Company’s risk factors in its annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 6, 2025 and its quarterly report on Form 10Q filed with the SEC on May 01, 2025 and July 31, 2025.

    The forward-looking statements, including the financial guidance and 2025 outlook, contained in this press release represent the judgment of the Company as of the date of this press release, and the Company expressly disclaims any intent, obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect any change in the Company’s expectations with regard to these forward looking statements or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statements are based. © 2025 Asure Software, Inc. All rights reserved

     
    ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
           
      June 30, 2025   December 31, 2024
           
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash , cash equivalents, and restricted cash $ 66,000     $ 21,425  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $7,279 and $6,328 at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   13,623       18,154  
    Inventory   142       195  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   5,838       4,888  
    Total current assets before funds held for clients   85,603       44,662  
    Funds held for clients   213,972       192,615  
    Total current assets   299,575       237,277  
    Property and equipment, net   23,282       19,669  
    Goodwill   94,724       94,724  
    Intangible assets, net   69,596       69,114  
    Operating lease assets, net   4,748       4,041  
    Other assets, net   13,640       11,813  
    Total assets $ 505,565     $ 436,638  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERSEQUITY      
    Current liabilities:      
    Current portion of notes payable $ 3,032     $ 7,008  
    Accounts payable   1,595       1,364  
    Accrued compensation and benefits   2,881       4,485  
    Operating lease liabilities, current   1,452       1,438  
    Other accrued liabilities   7,784       6,600  
    Deferred revenue   3,724       8,363  
    Total current liabilities before client fund obligations   20,468       29,258  
    Client fund obligations   214,839       194,378  
    Total current liabilities   235,307       223,636  
    Long-term liabilities:      
    Deferred revenue   2,635       3,430  
    Deferred tax liability   3,746       2,612  
    Notes payable, net of current portion   64,350       5,709  
    Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent   4,200       3,578  
    Other liabilities   1,075       358  
    Total long-term liabilities   76,006       15,687  
    Total liabilities   311,313       239,323  
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,500 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding          
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 44,000 shares authorized; 27,365 and 26,671 shares issued, 27,365 and 26,671 shares outstanding at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   274       267  
    Treasury stock at cost, zero(1)shares at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024          
    Additional paid-in capital   509,630       504,849  
    Accumulated deficit   (315,747 )     (307,226 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   95       (575 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   194,252       197,315  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 505,565     $ 436,638  
    (1) The aggregate Treasury stock of prior repurchases of the Company’s own common stock was retired and subsequently issued effective January 1, 2024. See the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the impact of this transaction.
     
     
    ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
           
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
                   
    Revenue:              
    Recurring $ 28,596     $ 27,051     $ 61,783     $ 57,324  
    Professional services, hardware and other   1,528       993       3,195       2,372  
    Total revenue   30,124       28,044       64,978       59,696  
    Cost of sales   10,213       9,176       20,459       18,221  
    Gross profit   19,911       18,868       44,519       41,475  
    Operating expenses:              
    Sales and marketing   8,149       6,924       16,535       14,691  
    General and administrative   10,968       10,118       22,868       20,181  
    Research and development   1,273       1,962       3,302       3,731  
    Amortization of intangible assets   4,173       4,046       8,481       7,495  
    Total operating expenses   24,563       23,050       51,186       46,098  
    Loss from operations   (4,652 )     (4,182 )     (6,667 )     (4,623 )
    Interest income   277       261       448       597  
    Interest expense   (809 )     (208 )     (1,260 )     (388 )
    Other income, net   (96 )           92       10  
    Loss from operations before income taxes   (5,280 )     (4,129 )     (7,387 )     (4,404 )
    Income tax expense   843       231       1,134       264  
    Net loss   (6,123 )     (4,360 )     (8,521 )     (4,668 )
    Other comprehensive income (loss):              
    Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities   228       9       670       (235 )
    Comprehensive loss $ (5,895 )   $ (4,351 )   $ (7,851 )   $ (4,903 )
                   
    Basic and diluted loss per share              
    Basic $ (0.22 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.18 )
    Diluted $ (0.22 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.18 )
                   
    Weighted average basic and diluted shares              
    Basic   27,237       25,840       27,100       25,587  
    Diluted   27,237       25,840       27,100       25,587  
                                   
     
    ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands)
       
      Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net loss $ (8,521 )   $ (4,668 )
    Adjustments to reconcile loss to net cash provided by (used in) operations:      
    Depreciation and amortization   12,155       10,359  
    Amortization of operating lease assets   740       677  
    Amortization of debt financing costs and discount   537       302  
    Non-cash interest expense   724        
    Net accretion of discounts on available-for-sale securities   (236 )     (170 )
    Provision for expected losses   20       107  
    Provision for deferred income taxes   1,134       255  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt   103        
    Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities   (1,310 )     (1,294 )
    Share-based compensation   3,754       3,390  
    Gain on disposals of long-term assets   (7 )      
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts receivable   4,512       (2,178 )
    Inventory   53       (108 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (1,462 )     (1,636 )
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   21       98  
    Accounts payable   232       (1,330 )
    Accrued expenses and other long-term obligations   (1,039 )     (1,858 )
    Operating lease liabilities   (825 )     (374 )
    Deferred revenue   (5,434 )     (3,291 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   5,151       (1,719 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Acquisition of intangible assets   (6,346 )     (4,097 )
    Purchases of property and equipment   (393 )     (375 )
    Software capitalization costs   (6,470 )     (5,042 )
    Purchases of available-for-sale securities   (12,304 )     (6,462 )
    Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities   7,699       8,617  
    Net cash used in investing activities   (17,814 )     (7,359 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from notes payable, net of issuance costs   57,982        
    Payments of notes payable   (5,000 )      
    Debt extinguishment costs   (100 )      
    Payments made on amounts due for the acquisition of intangibles   (1,280 )     (236 )
    Net proceeds from issuance of common stock   1,034       572  
    Capital raise fees         (46 )
    Net change in client fund obligations   20,461       (28,225 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   73,097       (27,935 )
    Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents   60,434       (37,013 )
    Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents, beginning of period   145,712       177,622  
    Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents, end of period $ 206,146     $ 140,609  
                   
     
    ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
    (in thousands)
       
      Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025
      2024
           
    Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents to the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash $ 66,000     $ 20,736  
    Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents included in funds held for clients   140,146       119,873  
    Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents $ 206,146     $ 140,609  
           
    Supplemental information:      
    Cash paid for interest $ 498     $  
           
    Non-cash investing and financing activities:      
    Acquisition of intangible assets $ 1,884     $ 5,450  
    Notes payable issued for acquisitions $ 1,150     $ 1,423  
    Shares issued for acquisitions $     $ 4,863  
                   
     
    ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.
    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP AND ADJUSTED FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (unaudited)
                     
    (in thousands) Q2-25 Q1-25 Q4-24 Q3-24 Q2-24 Q1-24 Q4-23 Q2-23
    Revenue(1) $ 30,124   $ 34,854   $ 30,792   $ 29,304   $ 28,044   $ 31,652   $ 26,264   $ 30,420  
                     
    Gross Profit to non-GAAP Gross Profit                
    Gross Profit $ 19,911   $ 24,608   $ 20,928   $ 19,704   $ 18,868   $ 22,607   $ 17,839   $ 22,018  
    Gross Margin   66.1 %   70.6 %   68.0 %   67.2 %   67.3 %   71.4 %   67.9 %   72.4 %
                     
    Share-based Compensation   46     44     44     44     43     40     32     46  
    Depreciation   1,378     1,369     1,190     1,232     1,145     1,110     921     1,309  
    Amortization – intangibles   370     50     50     50     50     50     50     50  
    One-time expenses                
    Settlements, penalties & interest   46     29     25     2     3         (6 )    
    Acquisition and transaction costs       167     221     367     264     39          
    Other non-recurring expenses   106         84                      
    Non-GAAP Gross Profit $ 21,857   $ 26,267   $ 22,542   $ 21,399   $ 20,373   $ 23,846   $ 18,836   $ 23,423  
    Non-GAAP Gross Margin   72.6 %   75.4 %   73.2 %   73.0 %   72.6 %   75.3 %   71.7 %   77.0 %
                     
    Sales and Marketing Expense to non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense
    Sales and Marketing Expense $ 8,149   $ 8,386   $ 6,945   $ 6,680   $ 6,924   $ 7,767   $ 6,422   $ 8,515  
                     
    Share-based Compensation   332     322     251     269     237     243     180     149  
    Depreciation   1     1         1         1     1      
    One-time expenses                
    Settlements, penalties & interest   40     51     78     (5 )   5     18     6     4  
    Acquisition and transaction costs   30     30     9     68     37     11          
    Other non-recurring expenses   164         52                     180  
    Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense $ 7,582   $ 7,982   $ 6,555   $ 6,347   $ 6,645   $ 7,494   $ 6,235   $ 8,182  
                     
    General and Administrative Expense to non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense
    General and Administrative Expense $ 10,968   $ 11,900   $ 9,940   $ 10,378   $ 10,118   $ 10,063   $ 9,747   $ 10,336  
                     
    Share-based Compensation   1,419     1,407     1,081     1,187     1,122     1,535     980     1,298  
    Depreciation   261     244     269     264     256     251     225     234  
    One-time expenses                
    Settlements, penalties & interest   365     492     142     377     304     98     284     432  
    Acquisition and transaction costs   812     491     282     371     245     57     51      
    Other non-recurring expenses   189     136     220     253         86     53     453  
    Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense $ 7,922   $ 9,130   $ 7,946   $ 7,926   $ 8,191   $ 8,036   $ 8,154   $ 7,919  
                     
    Research and Development Expense to non-GAAP Research and Development Expense
    Research and Development Expense $ 1,273   $ 2,029   $ 2,103   $ 1,973   $ 1,962   $ 1,769   $ 1,739   $ 1,325  
                     
    Share-based Compensation   94     90     87     90     86     85     69     89  
    Depreciation   (1 )   1       $   $   $   $   $  
    One-time expenses                
    Settlements, penalties & interest   33     9     21         27     31          
    Acquisition and transaction costs       91     153     195     369     147          
    Other non-recurring expenses   35         29                      
    Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense $ 1,112   $ 1,838   $ 1,813   $ 1,688   $ 1,480   $ 1,506   $ 1,670   $ 1,236  
                                                     

    (1)Note that first quarters are seasonally strong as recurring year-end W2/ACA revenue is recognized in this period.

     
    ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.
    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP AND ADJUSTED FINANCIAL MEASURES (cont.)
    (unaudited)
                     
    (in thousands) Q2-25 Q1-25 Q4-24 Q3-24 Q2-24 Q1-24 Q4-23 Q3-23
    Revenue(1) $ 30,124   $ 34,854   $ 30,792   $ 29,304   $ 28,044   $ 31,652   $ 26,264   $ 29,334  
                     
    GAAP Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA
    GAAP Net Loss $ (6,123 ) $ (2,398 ) $ (3,204 ) $ (3,901 ) $ (4,360 ) $ (308 ) $ (3,582 ) $ (2,206 )
                     
    Interest expense, net   532     280     211     109     (53 )   (156 )   (24 )   782  
    Income taxes   843     291     499     170     231     33     (158 )   (123 )
    Depreciation   1,640     1,614     1,460     1,497     1,402     1,361     1,148     1,185  
    Amortization – intangibles   4,543     4,358     4,482     4,345     4,096     3,499     3,743     3,384  
    EBITDA $ 1,435   $ 4,145   $ 3,448   $ 2,220   $ 1,316   $ 4,429   $ 1,127   $ 3,022  
    EBITDA Margin   4.8 %   11.9 %   11.2 %   7.6 %   4.7 %   14.0 %   4.3 %   10.3 %
                     
    Share-based Compensation   1,891     1,863     1,463     1,591     1,488     1,902     1,260     1,251  
    One Time Expenses                
    Settlements, penalties & interest   484     581     266     375     339     147     283     140  
    Acquisition and transaction costs   842     779     665     1,001     914     254     51      
    Other non-recurring expenses   494     136     385     253         86     53      
    Other expense (income), net   96     (188 )   2             (10 )   1     1,800  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 5,242   $ 7,316   $ 6,229   $ 5,440   $ 4,057   $ 6,808   $ 2,775   $ 6,213  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin   17.4 %   21.0 %   20.2 %   18.6 %   14.5 %   21.5 %   10.6 %   21.2 %
                                                     

    (1)Note that first quarters are seasonally strong as recurring year-end W2/ACA revenue is recognized in this period.

    Investor Relations Contact
    Patrick McKillop
    Vice President, Investor Relations
    617-335-5058
    patrick.mckillop@asuresoftware.com 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Credit Acceptance Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Southfield, Michigan, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Credit Acceptance Corporation (Nasdaq: CACC) (referred to as the “Company”, “Credit Acceptance”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) today announced consolidated net income of $87.4 million, or $7.42 per diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025. Adjusted net income, a non-GAAP financial measure, for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $100.8 million, or $8.56 per diluted share. The following table summarizes our financial results:

    (In millions, except per share data)   For the Three Months Ended
        June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
    GAAP net income (loss)   $         87.4    $         106.3    $         (47.1)  
    GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share   $         7.42    $         8.66    $         (3.83)  
                 
    Adjusted net income   $         100.8    $         114.8    $         126.4   
    Adjusted net income per diluted share   $         8.56    $         9.35    $         10.29   

    Our results and achievements for the second quarter of 2025 included the following:

    • A decline in forecasted collection rates, which decreased forecasted net cash flows from our loan portfolio by $55.8 million, or 0.5%, and slower forecasted net cash flow timing.
    • A 6.8% increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio from the second quarter of 2024 to $8.0 billion, which is our largest ever.
    • A decline in Consumer Loan assignment unit and dollar volumes of 14.6% and 18.8%, respectively, as compared to the second quarter of 2024.
    • The repurchase of approximately 530,000 shares, or 4.5% of the shares outstanding at the beginning of the quarter.
    • The enrollment of 1,560 new dealers with 10,655 active dealers during the quarter.
    • $63.3 million in dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback payments to dealers.
    • $23.4 million contingent loss related to previously disclosed legal matters.
    • An increase in our estimated long-term effective income tax rate from 23% to 25%.
    • Named one of the 100 Best Companies to Work For® by Great Place to Work® and Fortune magazine for the eleventh time, with a #34 ranking, and a Spring 2025 Top Workplaces Culture Excellence award winner in the following five categories: Work-Life Flexibility, Leadership, Innovation, Purpose & Values, and Compensation & Benefits.

    Consumer Loan Metrics

    Dealers assign retail installment contracts (referred to as “Consumer Loans”) to Credit Acceptance. At the time a Consumer Loan is submitted to us for assignment, we forecast future expected cash flows from the Consumer Loan. Based on the amount and timing of these forecasts and expected expense levels, an advance or one-time purchase payment is made to the related dealer at a price designed to maximize economic profit, a non-GAAP financial measure that considers our return on capital, our cost of capital, and the amount of capital invested. 

    We use a statistical model to estimate the expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan at the time of assignment. We continue to evaluate the expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan subsequent to assignment. Our evaluation becomes more accurate as the Consumer Loans age, as we use actual performance data in our forecast. By comparing our current expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan with the rate we projected at the time of assignment, we are able to assess the accuracy of our initial forecast. The following table compares our aggregated forecast of Consumer Loan collection rates as of June 30, 2025, with the aggregated forecasts as of March 31, 2025 and at the time of assignment, segmented by year of assignment:

        Forecasted Collection Percentage as of (1)   Current Forecast Variance from
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   Initial
    Forecast
      March 31, 2025   Initial
    Forecast
    2016           63.9  %           63.9  %           65.4  %           0.0  %           -1.5  %
    2017           64.8  %           64.8  %           64.0  %           0.0  %           0.8  %
    2018           65.6  %           65.5  %           63.6  %           0.1  %           2.0  %
    2019           67.3  %           67.2  %           64.0  %           0.1  %           3.3  %
    2020           68.0  %           67.9  %           63.4  %           0.1  %           4.6  %
    2021           63.8  %           63.9  %           66.3  %           -0.1  %           -2.5  %
    2022           59.7  %           60.0  %           67.5  %           -0.3  %           -7.8  %
    2023           64.1  %           64.3  %           67.5  %           -0.2  %           -3.4  %
    2024           65.7  %           66.3  %           67.2  %           -0.6  %           -1.5  %
         2025 (2)           66.9  %           66.0  %           66.9  %           0.9  %           0.0  %

    (1)   Represents the total forecasted collections we expect to collect on the Consumer Loans as a percentage of the repayments that we were contractually owed on the Consumer Loans at the time of assignment. Contractual repayments include both principal and interest. Forecasted collection rates are negatively impacted by canceled Consumer Loans as the contractual amount owed is not removed from the denominator for purposes of computing forecasted collection rates.
    (2)   The forecasted collection rate for 2025 Consumer Loans as of June 30, 2025 includes both Consumer Loans that were in our portfolio as of March 31, 2025 and Consumer Loans assigned during the most recent quarter. The following table provides forecasted collection rates for each of these segments

        Forecasted Collection Percentage as of   Current Forecast Variance from
    2025 Consumer Loan Assignment Period   June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   Initial
    Forecast
      March 31, 2025   Initial
    Forecast
    January 1, 2025 through March 31, 2025           66.2  %           66.0  %           66.2  %           0.2  %           0.0  %
    April 1, 2025 through June 30, 2025           67.7  %           —              67.7  %           —              0.0  %

    For the three months ended June 30, 2025, forecasted collection rates improved for Consumer Loans assigned in 2025, declined for Consumer Loans assigned in 2022 through 2024, and were generally consistent with expectations at the start of the period for all other assignment years presented.

    The changes to our forecast of future net cash flows from our Loan portfolio (forecasted collections less forecasted dealer holdback payments) for each of the last eight quarters are shown in the following table:

    (Dollars in millions)   Decrease in Forecasted Net Cash Flows
    Three Months Ended   Total Loans   % Change from Forecast at Beginning of Period
    September 30, 2023   $         (69.4)             -0.7  %
    December 31, 2023             (57.0)             -0.6  %
    March 31, 2024             (30.8)             -0.3  %
    June 30, 2024             (189.3)             -1.7  %
    September 30, 2024             (62.8)             -0.6  %
    December 31, 2024             (31.1)             -0.3  %
    March 31, 2025             (20.9)             -0.2  %
    June 30, 2025             (55.8)             -0.5  %

    During the second quarter of 2025, we applied an adjustment to our methodology for forecasting the amount of future net cash flows from our loan portfolio, which reduced the forecasted collection rates for Consumer Loans assigned in 2024. Consumer Loans assigned in 2024 prior to the implementation of our scorecard adjustment during the third quarter of 2024 had underperformed relative to the forecast adjustment we implemented during the second quarter of 2024. Accordingly, in the second quarter of 2025, we applied an adjustment to that segment of the Consumer Loans assigned in 2024 to reduce forecasted collection rates to what we believed the ultimate collection rates would be based on these trends. Changes in the amount and timing of forecasted net cash flows are recognized in the period of change as a provision for credit losses. The implementation of this forecast adjustment during the second quarter of 2025 reduced forecasted net cash flows by $18.6 million, or 0.2%, and increased provision for credit losses by $16.5 million.

    The following table presents information on Consumer Loan assignments for each of the last 10 years:

         Average   Total Assignment Volume
     Consumer Loan
    Assignment Year
      Consumer Loan (1)   Advance (2)   Initial Loan Term (in months)   Unit Volume   Dollar Volume (2)
    (in millions)
    2016   $         18,218   $         7,976   53   330,710   $         2,635.5
    2017     20,230     8,746   55   328,507     2,873.1
    2018     22,158     9,635   57   373,329     3,595.8
    2019     23,139     10,174   57   369,805     3,772.2
    2020     24,262     10,656   59   341,967     3,641.2
    2021     25,632     11,790   59   268,730     3,167.8
    2022     27,242     12,924   60   280,467     3,625.3
    2023     27,025     12,475   61   332,499     4,147.8
    2024     26,497     11,961   61   386,126     4,618.4
               2025 (3) (4)     25,376     11,362   60   185,764     2,110.7

    (1)   Represents the repayments that we were contractually owed on Consumer Loans at the time of assignment, which include both principal and interest.
    (2)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program. Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.
    (3)   Represents activity for the six months ended June 30, 2025. Information in this table for each of the years prior to 2025 represents activity for all 12 months of that year.
    (4)   The averages for 2025 Consumer Loans include both Consumer Loans that were in our portfolio as of March 31, 2025 and Consumer Loans assigned during the most recent quarter. The following table provides averages for each of these segments:

        Average
    2025 Consumer Loan Assignment Period   Consumer Loan   Advance   Initial Loan Term (in months)
    January 1, 2025 through March 31, 2025   $         25,188   $         11,096           60
    April 1, 2025 through June 30, 2025             25,596             11,674           60

    The profitability of our loans is primarily driven by the amount and timing of the net cash flows we receive from the spread between the forecasted collection rate and the advance rate, less operating expenses and the cost of capital. Forecasting collection rates accurately at loan inception is difficult. With this in mind, we establish advance rates that are intended to allow us to achieve acceptable levels of profitability across our portfolio, even if collection rates are less than we initially forecast.
    The following table presents aggregate forecasted Consumer Loan collection rates, advance rates, and spreads (the forecasted collection rate less the advance rate), and the percentage of the forecasted collections that had been realized as of June 30, 2025, as well as forecasted collection rates and spreads at the time of assignment. All amounts, unless otherwise noted, are presented as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loan (principal + interest). The table includes both dealer loans and purchased loans.

        Forecasted Collection % as of       Spread % as of    
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   June 30, 2025   Initial Forecast   Advance % (1)   June 30, 2025   Initial Forecast   % of Forecast
    Realized (2)
    2016           63.9  %           65.4  %           43.8  %           20.1  %           21.6  %           99.6  %
    2017           64.8  %           64.0  %           43.2  %           21.6  %           20.8  %           99.4  %
    2018           65.6  %           63.6  %           43.5  %           22.1  %           20.1  %           99.0  %
    2019           67.3  %           64.0  %           44.0  %           23.3  %           20.0  %           98.0  %
    2020           68.0  %           63.4  %           43.9  %           24.1  %           19.5  %           95.1  %
    2021           63.8  %           66.3  %           46.0  %           17.8  %           20.3  %           88.7  %
    2022           59.7  %           67.5  %           47.4  %           12.3  %           20.1  %           74.7  %
    2023           64.1  %           67.5  %           46.2  %           17.9  %           21.3  %           55.0  %
    2024           65.7  %           67.2  %           45.1  %           20.6  %           22.1  %           30.4  %
          2025 (3)           66.9  %           66.9  %           44.9  %           22.0  %           22.0  %           6.9  %

    (1)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loans.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.
    (2)   Presented as a percentage of total forecasted collections
    (3)   The forecasted collection rate, advance rate and spread for 2025 Consumer Loans as of June 30, 2025 include both Consumer Loans that were in our portfolio as of March 31, 2025 and Consumer Loans assigned during the most recent quarter. The following table provides forecasted collection rates, advance rates, and spreads for each of these segments:

        Forecasted Collection % as of       Spread % as of
    2025 Consumer Loan Assignment Period   June 30, 2025   Initial Forecast   Advance %   June 30, 2025   Initial Forecast
    January 1, 2025 through March 31, 2025           66.2  %           66.2  %           44.2  %           22.0  %           22.0  %
    April 1, 2025 through June 30, 2025           67.7  %           67.7  %           45.7  %           22.0  %           22.0  %

    The risk of a material change in our forecasted collection rate declines as the Consumer Loans age. For 2020 and prior Consumer Loan assignments, the risk of a material forecast variance is modest, as we have currently realized in excess of 90% of the expected collections. Conversely, the forecasted collection rates for more recent Consumer Loan assignments are less certain as a significant portion of our forecast has not been realized.

    The spread between the forecasted collection rate as of June 30, 2025 and the advance rate ranges from 12.3% to 24.1%, on an annual basis, for Consumer Loans assigned over the last 10 years. The spreads with respect to 2019 and 2020 Consumer Loans have been positively impacted by Consumer Loan performance, which has exceeded our initial estimates by a greater margin than the other years presented. The spreads with respect to 2021 through 2024 Consumer Loans have been negatively impacted by Consumer Loan performance, which has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than the other years presented. The higher spread for 2025 Consumer Loans relative to 2024 Consumer Loans as of June 30, 2025 was primarily a result of Consumer Loan performance, as the performance of 2024 Consumer Loans has been lower than our initial estimates.

    The following table compares our forecast of aggregate Consumer Loan collection rates as of June 30, 2025 with the forecasts at the time of assignment, for dealer loans and purchased loans separately:

        Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans
        Forecasted Collection Percentage as of (1)       Forecasted Collection Percentage as of (1)    
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   June 30,
    2025
      Initial
    Forecast
      Variance   June 30,
    2025
      Initial
    Forecast
      Variance
    2016           63.1  %           65.1  %           -2.0  %           66.1  %           66.5  %           -0.4  %
    2017           64.1  %           63.8  %           0.3  %           66.4  %           64.6  %           1.8  %
    2018           65.0  %           63.6  %           1.4  %           66.8  %           63.5  %           3.3  %
    2019           66.9  %           63.9  %           3.0  %           67.9  %           64.2  %           3.7  %
    2020           67.8  %           63.3  %           4.5  %           68.3  %           63.6  %           4.7  %
    2021           63.6  %           66.3  %           -2.7  %           64.3  %           66.3  %           -2.0  %
    2022           58.9  %           67.3  %           -8.4  %           61.7  %           68.0  %           -6.3  %
    2023           62.9  %           66.8  %           -3.9  %           67.6  %           69.4  %           -1.8  %
    2024           64.5  %           66.3  %           -1.8  %           70.0  %           70.7  %           -0.7  %
    2025           65.4  %           65.4  %           0.0  %           71.5  %           71.5  %           0.0  %

    (1)   The forecasted collection rates presented for dealer loans and purchased loans reflect the Consumer Loan classification at the time of assignment. The forecasted collection rates represent the total forecasted collections we expect to collect on the Consumer Loans as a percentage of the repayments that we were contractually owed on the Consumer Loans at the time of assignment. Contractual repayments include both principal and interest. Forecasted collection rates are negatively impacted by canceled Consumer Loans as the contractual amount owed is not removed from the denominator for purposes of computing forecasted collection rates.

    The following table presents aggregate forecasted Consumer Loan collection rates, advance rates, and spreads (the forecasted collection rate less the advance rate) as of June 30, 2025 for dealer loans and purchased loans separately.  All amounts are presented as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loan (principal + interest).

        Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   Forecasted Collection % (1)   Advance % (1)(2)   Spread %   Forecasted Collection % (1)   Advance % (1)(2)   Spread %
    2016           63.1  %           42.1  %           21.0  %           66.1  %           48.6  %           17.5  %
    2017           64.1  %           42.1  %           22.0  %           66.4  %           45.8  %           20.6  %
    2018           65.0  %           42.7  %           22.3  %           66.8  %           45.2  %           21.6  %
    2019           66.9  %           43.1  %           23.8  %           67.9  %           45.6  %           22.3  %
    2020           67.8  %           43.0  %           24.8  %           68.3  %           45.5  %           22.8  %
    2021           63.6  %           45.1  %           18.5  %           64.3  %           47.7  %           16.6  %
    2022           58.9  %           46.4  %           12.5  %           61.7  %           50.1  %           11.6  %
    2023           62.9  %           44.8  %           18.1  %           67.6  %           49.8  %           17.8  %
    2024           64.5  %           44.1  %           20.4  %           70.0  %           48.9  %           21.1  %
    2025           65.4  %           43.1  %           22.3  %           71.5  %           50.3  %           21.2  %

    (1)   The forecasted collection rates and advance rates presented for dealer loans and purchased loans reflect the Consumer Loan classification at the time of assignment.
    (2)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loans.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.

    Although the advance rate on purchased loans is higher as compared to the advance rate on dealer loans, purchased loans do not require us to pay dealer holdback.

    The spread as of June 30, 2025 on 2025 dealer loans was 22.3%, as compared to a spread of 20.4% on 2024 dealer loans. The increase was primarily a result of Consumer Loan performance, as the performance of 2024 dealer loans has been lower than our initial estimates.

    The spread as of June 30, 2025 on 2025 purchased loans was 21.2%, as compared to a spread of 21.1% on 2024 purchased loans, reflecting the net impact of two offsetting factors. Consumer Loan performance increased the spread from 2024 to 2025, as the performance of 2024 purchased loans has been lower than our initial estimates. This impact of Consumer Loan performance was partially offset by the impact of a lower initial spread on 2025 purchased loans, due to the advance rate increasing by a greater margin than the initial forecast in our purchased loan portfolio.

    Consumer Loan Volume

    The following table summarizes changes in Consumer Loan assignment volume in each of the last eight quarters as compared to the same period in the previous year:

        Year over Year Percent Change
    Three Months Ended   Unit Volume   Dollar Volume (1)
    September 30, 2023           13.0  %           10.5  %
    December 31, 2023           26.7  %           21.3  %
    March 31, 2024           24.1  %           20.2  %
    June 30, 2024           20.9  %           16.3  %
    September 30, 2024           17.7  %           12.2  %
    December 31, 2024           0.3  %           -4.9  %
    March 31, 2025           -10.1  %           -15.5  %
    June 30, 2025           -14.6  %           -18.8  %

    (1)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.

    Consumer Loan assignment volumes depend on a number of factors including (1) the overall demand for our financing programs and (2) the amount of capital available to fund new loans. Our pricing strategy is intended to maximize the amount of economic profit we generate, within the confines of capital constraints.

    Unit and dollar volumes declined 14.6% and 18.8%, respectively, during the second quarter of 2025 as the number of active dealers declined 0.8% and the average unit volume per active dealer declined 14.0%. Dollar volume declined by more than unit volume during the second quarter of 2025 due to a decrease in the average advance paid, primarily resulting from a decrease in the average size of Consumer Loans assigned. Unit volume for the 28-day period ended July 28, 2025 decreased 19.4% compared to the same period in 2024.

    The following table summarizes the changes in Consumer Loan unit volume and active dealers:

      For the Three Months Ended June 30,    
      2025   2024   % Change
    Consumer Loan unit volume         85,486            100,057            -14.6  %
    Active dealers (1)         10,655            10,736            -0.8  %
    Average volume per active dealer         8.0            9.3            -14.0  %
               
    Consumer Loan unit volume from dealers active both periods         68,747            82,646            -16.8  %
    Dealers active both periods         6,876            6,876            —   
    Average volume per dealer active both periods         10.0            12.0            -16.8  %
               
    Consumer loan unit volume from dealers not active both periods         16,739            17,411            -3.9  %
    Dealers not active both periods         3,779            3,860            -2.1  %
    Average volume per dealer not active both periods         4.4            4.5            -2.2  %

    (1)   Active dealers are dealers who have received funding for at least one Consumer Loan during the period.

    The following table provides additional information on the changes in Consumer Loan unit volume and active dealers: 

      For the Three Months Ended June 30,    
      2025     2024     % Change
    Consumer Loan unit volume from new active dealers         3,216              3,820              -15.8  %
    New active dealers (1)         1,094              1,080              1.3  %
    Average volume per new active dealer         2.9              3.5              -17.1  %
               
    Attrition (2)         -17.4  %           -16.7  %    

    (1)   New active dealers are dealers who enrolled in our program and have received funding for their first dealer loan or purchased loan from us during the period.
    (2)   Attrition is measured according to the following formula:  decrease in Consumer Loan unit volume from dealers who have received funding for at least one dealer loan or purchased loan during the comparable period of the prior year but did not receive funding for any dealer loans or purchased loans during the current period divided by prior year comparable period Consumer Loan unit volume.

    The following table shows the percentage of Consumer Loans assigned to us as dealer loans and purchased loans for each of the last eight quarters:

        Unit Volume   Dollar Volume (1)
    Three Months Ended   Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans   Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans
    September 30, 2023           74.8  %           25.2  %           71.7  %           28.3  %
    December 31, 2023           77.2  %           22.8  %           75.0  %           25.0  %
    March 31, 2024           78.2  %           21.8  %           76.6  %           23.4  %
    June 30, 2024           78.5  %           21.5  %           77.3  %           22.7  %
    September 30, 2024           79.5  %           20.5  %           78.4  %           21.6  %
    December 31, 2024           78.7  %           21.3  %           77.7  %           22.3  %
    March 31, 2025           77.0  %           23.0  %           75.1  %           24.9  %
    June 30, 2025           71.6  %           28.4  %           68.3  %           31.7  %

    (1)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.

    As of both June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the net dealer loans receivable balance was 72.3% of the total net loans receivable balance. In 2025, we expanded dealer access to the purchase program for Consumer Loans to consumers with higher credit ratings. The increase in the percentage of purchased loans in 2025 Consumer Loan assignment volume was primarily related to Consumer Loans assigned under this expanded dealer access.

    Financial Results

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended June 30,    
        2025     2024     % Change
    GAAP average debt $         6,583.8    $         5,818.2              13.2  %
    GAAP average shareholders’ equity           1,635.9              1,623.5              0.8  %
    Average capital $         8,219.7    $         7,441.7              10.5  %
    GAAP net income (loss) $         87.4    $         (47.1)             285.6  %
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   11,771,525      12,282,174              -4.2  %
    GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share $         7.42    $         (3.83)             293.7  %

    The increase in GAAP net income for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily a result of the following:

    • A decrease in provision for credit losses of 46.2% ($148.0 million), due to:
      • A decrease in provision for credit losses on forecast changes of $136.5 million, due to a smaller decline in Consumer Loan performance, which was primarily the result of a smaller downward forecast adjustment applied to our forecasting methodology during the second quarter of 2025 compared to the downward forecast adjustment applied in the second quarter of 2024. The implementation of the forecast adjustment during the second quarter of 2025 reduced forecasted net cash flows by $18.6 million, or 0.2%, and increased provision for credit losses by $16.5 million, whereas the implementation of the forecast adjustment during the second quarter of 2024 reduced forecasted net cash flows by $147.2 million, or 1.4%, and increased our provision for credit losses by $127.5 million.
      • A decrease in provision for credit losses on new Consumer Loan assignments of $11.5 million, primarily due to a 14.6% decrease in Consumer Loan assignment unit volume.
    • An increase in finance charges of 8.6% ($43.0 million), primarily due to an increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio.
    • A loss on sale of a building of $23.7 million recognized during the three months ended June 30, 2024.
    • An increase in interest expense of 13.0% ($13.6 million), primarily due to an increase in our average outstanding debt balance, primarily due to borrowings used to fund the growth of our loan portfolio and stock repurchases.
    • An increase in operating expenses of 25.0% ($31.1 million), primarily due to:
      • An increase in general and administrative expense of 94.8% ($22.0 million), primarily due to an increase in legal expenses, which included the recognition of a $23.4 million contingent loss during the second quarter of 2025 related to previously disclosed legal matters.
      • An increase in salaries and wages expense of 10.4% ($7.9 million), primarily due to increases in (i) the number of team members, as we are investing in our business with the goal of increasing the speed at which we enhance our product for dealers and consumers, and (ii) stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to equity awards granted to our executive officers and senior leaders.
    • An increase in provision for income taxes of 470.7% ($38.6 million), primarily due to an increase in pre-tax income.

    Adjusted financial results are provided to help shareholders understand our financial performance. The financial data below is non-GAAP, unless labeled otherwise. We use adjusted financial information internally to measure financial performance and to determine certain incentive compensation. We also use economic profit as a framework to evaluate business decisions and strategies, with the objective to maximize economic profit over the long term. In addition, certain debt facilities utilize adjusted financial information for the determination of loan collateral values and to measure financial covenants. The table below shows our results following adjustments to reflect non-GAAP accounting methods. Material adjustments are explained in the table footnotes and the subsequent “Floating Yield Adjustment” and “Senior Notes Adjustment” sections. Measures such as adjusted average capital, adjusted net income, adjusted net income per diluted share, adjusted interest expense (after-tax), adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax), adjusted return on capital, adjusted revenue, operating expenses, adjusted loans receivable, adjusted finance charges, adjusted average loans receivable, economic profit, and economic profit per diluted share are non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, include the following:

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended June 30,    
        2025       2024     % Change
    Adjusted average capital $         8,932.7      $         8,033.3              11.2  %
    Adjusted net income $         100.8      $         126.4              -20.3  %
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax) $         88.6      $         80.5              10.1  %
    Adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax) $         189.4      $         206.9              -8.5  %
    Adjusted return on capital           8.5  %             10.3  %           -17.5  %
    Cost of capital           7.4  %             7.5  %           -1.3  %
    Economic profit $         24.4      $         56.2              -56.6  %
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   11,771,525        12,282,174              -4.2  %
    Adjusted net income per diluted share $         8.56      $         10.29              -16.8  %
    Economic profit per diluted share $         2.07      $         4.58              -54.8  %

    Economic profit decreased 56.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024. Economic profit is a function of the return on capital in excess of the cost of capital and the amount of capital invested in the business. The following table summarizes the impact each of these components had on the changes in economic profit for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024:

    (In millions) Year over Year Change in Economic Profit
      For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
    Decrease in adjusted return on capital $         (40.6)  
    Decrease in cost of capital           2.5   
    Increase in adjusted average capital           6.3   
    Decrease in economic profit $         (31.8)  

    The decrease in economic profit for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily a result of the following:

    • A decrease in our adjusted return on capital of 180 basis points, primarily due to:
      • A decrease in the yield used to recognize adjusted finance charges on our loan portfolio decreased our adjusted return on capital by 100 basis points, primarily due to both a decline in forecasted collection rates and slower forecasted net cash flow timing throughout 2024 and 2025. The slower forecasted net cash flow timing was primarily due to lower-than-expected Consumer Loan prepayments, which remain below historical averages.
      • An increase in operating expenses decreased our adjusted return on capital by 60 basis points as operating expenses increased by 25.0% while adjusted average capital increased by 11.2%. The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in legal expenses, which included the recognition of a $23.4 million contingent loss during the second quarter of 2025 related to previously disclosed legal matters.
      • An increase in our estimated long-term effective income tax rate decreased our adjusted return on capital by 20 basis points as the rate increased from 23% to 25% for the second quarter of 2025 and future periods. The increase in our long-term estimate was due to higher state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.
    • An increase in adjusted average capital of 11.2%, primarily due to an increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio.

    The following table shows adjusted revenue and operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital, the adjusted return on capital, and the percentage change in adjusted average capital for each of the last eight quarters, compared to the same period in the prior year:

        For the Three Months Ended
        Jun. 30, 2025   Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023
    Adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable (1)           17.0  %           16.7  %           16.5  %           16.4  %           17.8  %           17.6  %           17.9  %           18.5  %
    Adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital (1)           18.3  %           18.0  %           18.4  %           18.2  %           19.6  %           19.8  %           20.2  %           20.7  %
    Operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital (1)           7.0  %           6.1  %           5.6  %           6.2  %           6.2  %           6.7  %           6.3  %           6.3  %
    Adjusted return on capital (1)           8.5  %           9.2  %           9.8  %           9.3  %           10.3  %           10.1  %           10.6  %           11.1  %
    Percentage change in adjusted average capital compared to the same period in the prior year           11.2  %           18.3  %           19.3  %           19.4  %           17.6  %           14.6  %           11.5  %           8.8  %

    (1)   Annualized.

    The decrease in adjusted return on capital for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to faster growth in operating expenses, which decreased the adjusted return on capital by 70 basis points, as operating expenses increased by 14.8% while adjusted average capital grew 0.6%. The $20.0 million increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in legal expenses, which included the recognition of a $23.4 million contingent loss during the second quarter of 2025 related to previously disclosed legal matters. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in the yield used to recognize adjusted finance charges on our loan portfolio, which increased our adjusted return on capital by 40 basis points, due to higher yields on more recent Consumer Loan assignments, partially offset by a decline in Consumer Loan performance in the first and second quarters of 2025.

    The following tables provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures.  Certain amounts do not recalculate due to rounding.

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data)   For the Three Months Ended
        Jun. 30, 2025   Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023
    Adjusted net income                                
    GAAP net income (loss)   $         87.4      $         106.3      $         151.9      $         78.8      $         (47.1)     $         64.3      $         93.6      $         70.8   
    Floating yield adjustment (after-tax)             (117.1)               (118.9)               (116.8)               (115.1)               (96.1)               (92.4)               (83.9)               (76.4)  
    GAAP provision for credit losses (after-tax)             129.6                124.6                95.0                142.2                246.9                143.2                126.1                142.1   
    Loss on sale of building (after-tax) (1)             —                —                —                —                18.3                —                —                —   
    Senior notes adjustment (after-tax)             —                —                —                —                —                —                (2.6)               (0.5)  
    Income tax adjustment (2)             0.9                2.8                (4.1)               3.2                4.4                2.3                (4.1)               3.5   
    Adjusted net income   $         100.8      $         114.8      $         126.0      $         109.1      $         126.4      $         117.4      $         129.1      $         139.5   
                                     
    Adjusted net income per diluted share (3)   $         8.56       $         9.35      $         10.17      $         8.79      $         10.29      $         9.28      $         10.06      $         10.70   
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     11,771,525        12,279,446        12,388,072        12,415,143        12,282,174        12,646,529        12,837,181        13,039,638   
    Adjusted revenue                                
    GAAP total revenue   $         583.8      $         571.1      $         565.9      $         550.3      $         538.2      $         508.0      $         491.6      $         478.6   
    Floating yield adjustment             (156.0)               (154.5)               (151.8)               (149.4)               (124.8)               (120.0)               (108.9)               (99.3)  
    GAAP provision for claims             (19.8)               (16.1)               (17.7)               (18.5)               (20.3)               (17.0)               (16.6)               (16.5)  
    Adjusted revenue   $         408.0      $         400.5      $         396.4      $         382.4      $         393.1      $         371.0      $         366.1      $         362.8   
    Adjusted average capital                                
    GAAP average debt   $         6,583.8      $         6,398.3      $         6,202.5      $         6,071.1      $         5,818.2      $         5,306.8      $         4,986.3      $         4,831.4   
    Deferred debt issuance adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                —                20.9                24.5   
    Senior notes debt adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                —                2.8                3.4   
    Adjusted average debt             6,583.8                6,398.3                6,202.5                6,071.1                5,818.2                5,306.8                5,010.0                4,859.3   
    GAAP average shareholders’ equity             1,635.9                1,782.0                1,712.3                1,594.2                1,623.5                1,678.5                1,734.3                1,731.3   
    Senior notes equity adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                —                2.0                2.9   
    Income tax adjustment (4)             (100.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)  
    Floating yield adjustment             813.5                820.8                837.0                840.8                710.1                641.0                606.5                548.9   
    Adjusted average equity             2,348.9                2,484.3                2,430.8                2,316.5                2,215.1                2,201.0                2,224.3                2,164.6   
    Adjusted average capital   $         8,932.7      $         8,882.6      $         8,633.3      $         8,387.6      $         8,033.3      $         7,507.8      $         7,234.3      $         7,023.9   
    Adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital (5)             18.3  %             18.0  %             18.4  %             18.2  %             19.6  %             19.8  %             20.2  %             20.7  %
    Adjusted loans receivable                                
    GAAP loans receivable, net   $         8,001.9      $         7,978.2      $         7,850.3      $         7,781.5      $         7,547.7      $         7,345.6      $         6,955.3      $         6,780.5   
    Floating yield adjustment             1,096.4                1,079.8                1,072.4                1,100.8                1,065.6                869.7                803.8                748.9   
    Adjusted loans receivable   $         9,098.3      $         9,058.0      $         8,922.7      $         8,882.3      $         8,613.3      $         8,215.3      $         7,759.1      $         7,529.4   
    Adjusted loan yield                                
    GAAP finance charges   $         540.7      $         526.7      $         518.2      $         507.6      $         497.7      $         469.2      $         451.6      $         441.7   
    Floating yield adjustment             (156.0)               (154.5)               (151.8)               (149.4)               (124.8)               (120.0)               (108.9)               (99.3)  
    Adjusted finance charges   $         384.7      $         372.2      $         366.4      $         358.2      $         372.9      $         349.2      $         342.7      $         342.4   
                                     
    GAAP average loans receivable, net   $         8,011.6      $         7,882.4      $         7,831.4      $         7,690.9      $         7,499.2      $         7,101.3      $         6,867.8      $         6,690.8   
    Average floating yield adjustment             1,064.1                1,048.9                1,071.4                1,072.2                903.2                819.7                775.6                701.0   
    Adjusted average loans receivable   $         9,075.7      $         8,931.3      $         8,902.8      $         8,763.1      $         8,402.4      $         7,921.0      $         7,643.4      $         7,391.8   
    Adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable (5)             17.0  %             16.7  %             16.5  %             16.4  %             17.8  %             17.6  %             17.9  %             18.5  %

    (1)   The sale of one of our two office buildings in June 2024 resulted in a loss on the sale of the asset. As this transaction is both unusual and infrequent in nature, we applied this adjustment to remove the impact of the loss on sale of building from our adjusted net income.
    (2)   Adjustment to record taxes at our estimated long-term effective income tax rate. The adjustment for the three months ended June 30, 2025 is calculated using a 25% income tax rate, which is expected to be used for the remainder of 2025 and future periods. This rate represents an increase from 23%, which had been used to calculate after-tax adjustments since 2018, following the enactment in December 2017 of Public Law 115-97, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”). The increase in our long-term estimate was due to higher state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.
    (3)   Net income per diluted share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly net income per diluted share information may not equal year-to-date net income per diluted share.
    (4)   The enactment of the 2017 Tax Act resulted in the reversal of provision for income taxes to reflect a new, lower federal statutory income tax rate. We began applying the income tax adjustment at that time to remove the impact of this reversal from adjusted average capital. As the enactment of Public Law 119-21 on July 4, 2025 made the lower federal statutory tax rate permanent, removing uncertainty on the future federal statutory income tax rate, we increased our estimated long-term effective income tax rate from 23% to 25% to reflect higher expected state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation in future periods. We believe the income tax adjustment provides a more accurate reflection of the performance of our business as we are recognizing provision for income taxes at the applicable long-term effective tax rate for the period.
    (5)   Annualized.

    (Dollars in millions)   For the Three Months Ended
        Jun. 30, 2025   Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)                                
    GAAP interest expense   $         118.1      $         114.7      $         111.3      $         111.2      $         104.5      $         92.5      $         78.8      $         70.5   
    Senior notes adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                —                3.5                0.7   
    Adjusted interest expense (pre-tax)             118.1                114.7                111.3                111.2                104.5                92.5                82.3                71.2   
    Adjustment to record tax effect (1)             (29.5)               (26.4)               (25.6)               (25.6)               (24.0)               (21.3)               (18.9)               (16.4)  
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)   $         88.6      $         88.3      $         85.7      $         85.6      $         80.5      $         71.2      $         63.4      $         54.8   
                                     
    Adjusted return on capital (2)                                
    Adjusted net income   $         100.8      $         114.8      $         126.0      $         109.1      $         126.4      $         117.4      $         129.1      $         139.5   
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)             88.6                88.3                85.7                85.6                80.5                71.2                63.4                54.8   
    Adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax)   $         189.4      $         203.1      $         211.7      $         194.7      $         206.9      $         188.6      $         192.5      $         194.3   
                                     
    Reconciliation of GAAP return on equity to adjusted return on capital (5)                                
    GAAP return on equity (3)             21.4  %             23.9  %             35.5  %             19.8  %             -11.6  %             15.3  %             21.6  %             16.4  %
    Non-GAAP adjustments             -29.9  %             -14.7  %             -25.7  %             -10.5  %             21.9  %             -5.2  %             -11.0  %             -5.3  %
    Adjusted return on capital (2)             8.5  %             9.2  %             9.8  %             9.3  %             10.3  %             10.1  %             10.6  %             11.1  %
                                     
    Economic profit                                
    Adjusted return on capital             8.5  %             9.2  %             9.8  %             9.3  %             10.3  %             10.1  %             10.6  %             11.1  %
    Cost of capital (4) (5)             7.4  %             7.6  %             7.4  %             7.3  %             7.5  %             7.3  %             7.6  %             7.1  %
    Adjusted return on capital in excess of cost of capital             1.1  %             1.6  %             2.4  %             2.0  %             2.8  %             2.8  %             3.0  %             4.0  %
    Adjusted average capital   $         8,932.7      $         8,882.6      $         8,633.3      $         8,387.6      $         8,033.3      $         7,507.8      $         7,234.3      $         7,023.9   
        Economic profit   $         24.4      $         35.3      $         51.3      $         41.4      $         56.2      $         51.4      $         55.9      $         69.1   
                                     
    Reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to economic profit                                
    GAAP net income (loss)   $         87.4      $         106.3      $         151.9      $         78.8      $         (47.1)     $         64.3      $         93.6      $         70.8   
    Non-GAAP adjustments             13.4                8.5                (25.9)               30.3                173.5                53.1                35.5                68.7   
    Adjusted net income             100.8                114.8                126.0                109.1                126.4                117.4                129.1                139.5   
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)             88.6                88.3                85.7                85.6                80.5                71.2                63.4                54.8   
    Adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax)             189.4                203.1                211.7                194.7                206.9                188.6                192.5                194.3   
    Less: cost of capital             165.0                167.8                160.4                153.3                150.7                137.2                136.6                125.2   
    Economic profit   $         24.4      $         35.3      $         51.3      $         41.4      $         56.2      $         51.4      $         55.9      $         69.1   
                                     
    Economic profit per diluted share (6)   $         2.07      $         2.87      $         4.14      $         3.33      $         4.58      $         4.06      $         4.35      $         5.30   
    Operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital (5)             7.0  %             6.1  %             5.6  %             6.2  %             6.2  %             6.7  %             6.3  %             6.3  %
    Percentage change in adjusted average capital compared to the same period in the prior year             11.2  %             18.3  %             19.3  %             19.4  %             17.6  %             14.6  %             11.5  %             8.8  %

    (1)   Adjustment to record taxes at our estimated long-term effective income tax rate. The adjustment for the three months ended June 30, 2025 is calculated using a 25% income tax rate, which is expected to be used for the remainder of 2025 and future periods. This rate represents an increase from 23%, which had been used to calculate after-tax adjustments since 2018, following the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act. The increase in our long-term estimate was due to higher state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.
    (2)   Adjusted return on capital is defined as adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax) divided by adjusted average capital.
    (3)        Calculated by dividing GAAP net income (loss) by GAAP average shareholders’ equity.

    (4)   The cost of capital includes both a cost of equity and a cost of debt.  The cost of equity capital is determined based on a formula that considers the risk of the business and the risk associated with our use of debt.  The formula utilized for determining the cost of equity capital is as follows: (the average 30-year Treasury rate + 5%) + [(1 – tax rate) x (the average 30-year Treasury rate + 5% – pre-tax average cost of debt rate) x average debt/(average equity + average debt x tax rate)].  For the periods presented, the average 30-year Treasury rate and the adjusted pre-tax average cost of debt were as follows:

        For the Three Months Ended
        Jun. 30, 2025   Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023
    Average 30-year Treasury rate           4.8  %           4.7  %           4.4  %           4.3  %           4.6  %          4.3  %           4.7  %           4.2  %
    Pre-tax average cost of debt (5)           7.2  %           7.2  %           7.2  %           7.3  %           7.2  %           7.0  %           6.3  %           5.9  %

    (5)   Annualized.
    (6)   Economic profit per diluted share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly economic profit per diluted share information may not equal year-to-date economic profit per diluted share.

    Floating Yield Adjustment

    The net loan income (finance charge revenue less provision for credit losses expense) that we recognize over the life of a loan equals the cash we collect from the underlying Consumer Loan less the cash we pay to the dealer. We believe the economics of our business are best exhibited by recognizing loan revenue on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan based on expected future net cash flows. The purpose of this non-GAAP adjustment is to provide insight into our business by showing this level yield measure of income. Under GAAP, contractual amounts due in excess of the loan receivable balance at the time of assignment will be reflected as interest income, while contractual amounts due that are not expected to be collected are reflected in the provision for credit losses. Our non-GAAP floating yield adjustment recognizes the net effects of contractual interest income and expected credit losses in a single measure of finance charge revenue, consistent with how we manage our business. The floating yield adjustment recognizes revenue on a level-yield basis based upon expected future net cash flows, with any changes in expected future net cash flows, which are recognized immediately under GAAP as provision for credit losses, recognized over the remaining forecast period (up to 120 months after the origination date of the underlying Consumer Loans) for each individual dealer loan and purchased loan. The floating yield adjustment does not accelerate revenue recognition. Rather, it reduces revenue by taking amounts that are reported under GAAP as provision for credit losses and instead treating them as reductions of revenue over time.

    Under the GAAP methodology we employ, which is known as the current expected credit loss model, or CECL, we are required to recognize:

    • a significant provision for credit losses expense at the time of the loan’s assignment to us for contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize; and
    • finance charge revenue in subsequent periods that is significantly in excess of our expected yield.

    Due to the GAAP treatment of contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize at the time of loan assignment (i.e. significant expense at the time of loan assignment, which is offset by higher revenue in subsequent periods), we do not believe the GAAP methodology we employ provides sufficient transparency into the economics of our business, including our results of operations, financial condition, and financial leverage. Our floating yield adjustment enables us to provide measures of income that are not impacted by GAAP’s treatment of contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize at the time of loan assignment. We believe the floating yield adjustment is presented in a manner which reflects both the economic reality of our business and how the business is managed and provides valuable supplemental information to help investors better understand our business, executive compensation, liquidity, and capital resources.

    Senior Notes Adjustment (applied in periods prior to December 31, 2023)

    This non-GAAP adjustment modifies our GAAP financial results to treat the issuance of certain senior notes as a refinancing of certain previously issued senior notes. Our historical adjusted financial information reflects application of the senior notes adjustment as described below in connection with (i) the issuance by us in 2014 of $300.0 million principal amount of 6.125% senior notes due 2021 (the “2021 senior notes”) and the related retirement of our 9.125% senior notes due 2017 (the “2017 senior notes”) and (ii) the issuance by us in 2019 of $400.0 million principal amount of 5.125% senior notes due 2024 (the “2024 senior notes”) and the related retirement of the 2021 senior notes and our 7.375% senior notes due 2023 (the “2023 senior notes”).

    We issued the 2024 senior notes on December 18, 2019. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2024 senior notes to repurchase or redeem all of the $300.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2021 senior notes, of which $148.2 million was repurchased on December 18, 2019 and the remaining $151.8 million was redeemed on January 17, 2020. We used the remaining net proceeds from the 2024 senior notes, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility, to redeem in full the $250.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2023 senior notes on March 15, 2020. Under GAAP, the fourth quarter of 2019 included (i) a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.8 million related to the repurchase of 2021 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 and the redemption of the remaining 2021 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020 and (ii) additional interest expense of $0.3 million on $160.0 million of additional outstanding debt caused by the one month lag from the issuance of the 2024 senior notes and repurchase of 2021 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 to the redemption of the remaining 2021 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020. Under GAAP, the first quarter of 2020 included (i) a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $7.4 million related to the redemption of 2023 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020 and (ii) additional interest expense of $0.4 million on $160.0 million of additional outstanding debt caused by the one month lag from the issuance of the 2024 senior notes and repurchase of 2021 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 to the redemption of the remaining 2021 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020.

    We issued the 2021 senior notes on January 22, 2014. On February 21, 2014, we used the net proceeds from the 2021 senior notes, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, to redeem in full the $350.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2017 senior notes. Under GAAP, the first quarter of 2014 included (i) a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $21.8 million related to the redemption of the 2017 senior notes in the first quarter of 2014 and (ii) additional interest expense of $1.4 million on $276.0 million of additional outstanding debt caused by the one month lag from the issuance of the 2021 senior notes to the redemption of the 2017 senior notes.

    Under our non-GAAP approach, the loss on extinguishment of debt and additional interest expense that were recognized for GAAP purposes were in each case deferred as debt issuance costs to be recognized ratably as interest expense over the term of the newly issued notes. In addition, for adjusted average capital purposes, the impact of additional outstanding debt related to the lag from the issuance of the new notes to the redemption of the previously issued notes was in each case deferred to be recognized ratably over the term of the newly issued notes. Upon the issuance of the 2024 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019, the outstanding unamortized balances of the non-GAAP adjustments related to the 2021 senior notes were deferred and were recognized ratably over the term of the 2024 senior notes, until the repurchase and redemption of the 2024 senior notes in December 2023.

    We believe the application of the senior notes adjustment as described above provides a more accurate reflection of the performance of our business, since we were recognizing the costs incurred with these transactions in a manner consistent with how we recognize the costs incurred when we periodically refinance our other debt facilities. We have determined not to apply the senior notes adjustments in connection with (i) the issuance by us in December 2023 of our 9.250% senior notes due 2028 and the related retirement of the 2024 senior notes or (ii) the issuance by us in February 2025 of our 6.625% senior notes due 2030 and the related retirement of the 2026 senior notes, because the adjustments would not be material.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

    We claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for all of our forward-looking statements. Statements in this release that are not historical facts, such as those using terms like “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” or similar expressions, and those regarding our future results, plans, and objectives, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements represent our outlook only as of the date of this release. Actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements since the statements are based on our current expectations, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 12, 2025, and Item 1A in Part II of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2025, filed with the SEC on July 31, 2025, and other risk factors discussed herein or listed from time to time in our reports filed with the SEC and the following:

    Industry, Operational, and Macroeconomic Risks

    • Our inability to accurately forecast and estimate the amount and timing of future collections could have a material adverse effect on results of operations.
    • Due to competition from traditional financing sources and non-traditional lenders, we may not be able to compete successfully.
    • Adverse changes in economic conditions, the automobile or finance industries, or the non-prime consumer market could adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations, the ability of key vendors that we depend on to supply us with services, and our ability to enter into future financing transactions.
    • Reliance on third parties to administer our ancillary product offerings could adversely affect our business and financial results.
    • We are dependent on our senior management, and the loss of any of these individuals or an inability to hire additional team members could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.
    • Our reputation is a key asset to our business, and our business may be affected by how we are perceived in the marketplace.
    • An outbreak of contagious disease or other public health emergency could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations.
    • The concentration in several states of automobile dealers who participate in our programs could adversely affect us.
    • Reliance on our outsourced business functions could adversely affect our business.
    • Our ability to hire and retain foreign engineering personnel could be hindered by immigration restrictions.
    • We may be unable to execute our business strategy due to current economic conditions.
    • Natural disasters, climate change, military conflicts, acts of war, terrorist attacks and threats, or the escalation of military activity in response to terrorist attacks or otherwise may negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
    • Governmental or market responses to climate change and related environmental issues could have a material adverse effect on our business.
    • A small number of our shareholders have the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval and such shareholders have interests which may conflict with the interests of our other security holders.

    Capital and Liquidity Risks

    • We may be unable to continue to access or renew funding sources and obtain capital needed to maintain and grow our business.
    • The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business.
    • A violation of the terms of our asset-backed secured financings or revolving secured warehouse facilities could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
    • Our substantial debt could negatively impact our business, prevent us from satisfying our debt obligations, and adversely affect our financial condition.
    • We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding debt and fund operations and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such debt.
    • Interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our borrowing costs, profitability, and liquidity.
    • Reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from, and restrict our access to, the capital markets and adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.
    • We may incur substantially more debt and other liabilities. This could exacerbate further the risks associated with our current debt levels.
    • The conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may adversely affect lenders with which we have relationships, causing us to incur additional costs and reducing our sources of liquidity, which may adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations.

    Technology and Cybersecurity Risks

    • Our dependence on technology could have a material adverse effect on our business.
    • We depend on secure information technology, and a breach of our systems or those of our third-party service providers could result in our experiencing significant financial, legal, and reputational exposure and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
    • Our use of electronic contracts could impact our ability to perfect our ownership or security interest in Consumer Loans.
    • Failure to properly safeguard our proprietary business information or confidential consumer and team member personal information could subject us to liability, decrease our profitability, and damage our reputation.
    • The development and use of artificial intelligence presents risks and challenges that may adversely impact our business.

    Legal and Regulatory Risks

    • Litigation we are involved in from time to time may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
    • Changes in tax laws and the resolution of uncertain income tax matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows from operations.
    • The regulations to which we are or may become subject could result in a material adverse effect on our business.

    Other factors not currently anticipated by management may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter our statements, whether as a result of new information or future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

    Webcast Details

    We will host a webcast on July 31, 2025 at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time to discuss our second quarter results. The webcast can be accessed live by visiting the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com or by telephone as described below. Only persons accessing the webcast by telephone will be able to pose questions to the presenters during the webcast. A replay and transcript of the webcast will be archived in the “Investor Relations” section of our website. 

    To participate in the webcast by telephone, you must pre-register at https://register.vevent.com/register/BIdf2e1302737241fd92014eec2b76a62f, or through the link posted on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com. Upon registration you will be provided with the dial-in number and a unique PIN to access the webcast by telephone.

    Description of Credit Acceptance Corporation

    We make vehicle ownership possible by providing innovative financing solutions that enable automobile dealers to sell vehicles to consumers regardless of their credit history. Our financing programs are offered through a nationwide network of automobile dealers who benefit from sales of vehicles to consumers who otherwise could not obtain financing; from repeat and referral sales generated by these same customers; and from sales to customers responding to advertisements for our financing programs, but who actually end up qualifying for traditional financing.

    Without our financing programs, consumers are often unable to purchase vehicles or they purchase unreliable ones. Further, as we report to the three national credit reporting agencies, an important ancillary benefit of our programs is that we provide consumers with an opportunity to improve their lives by improving their credit score and move on to more traditional sources of financing. Credit Acceptance is publicly traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CACC. For more information, visit creditacceptance.com.

    CREDIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (UNAUDITED)
            

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended June 30,
        2025     2024  
    Revenue:      
    Finance charges $         540.7    $         497.7   
    Premiums earned           24.1              24.3   
    Other income           19.0              16.2   
    Total revenue           583.8              538.2   
    Costs and expenses:      
    Salaries and wages           83.7              75.8   
    General and administrative           45.2              23.2   
    Sales and marketing           26.6              25.4   
    Total operating expenses           155.5              124.4   
           
    Provision for credit losses on forecast changes           101.3              237.8   
    Provision for credit losses on new Consumer Loan assignments           71.3              82.8   
    Total provision for credit losses           172.6              320.6   
           
    Interest           118.1              104.5   
    Provision for claims           19.8              20.3   
    Loss on sale of building           —              23.7   
    Total costs and expenses           466.0              593.5   
           Income (loss) before provision for income taxes           117.8              (55.3)  
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes           30.4              (8.2)  
           Net income (loss) $         87.4    $         (47.1)  
           
    Net income (loss) per share:      
    Basic $         7.55    $         (3.83)  
    Diluted $         7.42    $         (3.83)  
           
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Basic           11,574,018              12,282,174   
    Diluted           11,771,525              12,282,174   

    CREDIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (UNAUDITED)

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) As of
      June 30, 2025   December 31, 2024
    ASSETS:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $         70.0      $         343.7   
    Restricted cash and cash equivalents           493.8                501.3   
    Restricted securities available for sale           107.1                106.4   
           
    Loans receivable           11,563.0                11,289.1   
    Allowance for credit losses           (3,561.1)               (3,438.8)  
    Loans receivable, net           8,001.9                7,850.3   
           
    Property and equipment, net           13.2                14.7   
    Income taxes receivable           9.4                4.2   
    Other assets           29.2                34.0   
    Total assets $         8,724.6      $         8,854.6   
           
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:      
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $         378.8      $         315.8   
    Revolving secured lines of credit           1.5                0.1   
    Secured financing           5,383.3                5,361.5   
    Senior notes           1,086.4                991.3   
    Deferred income taxes, net           306.1                319.1   
    Income taxes payable           13.8                117.2   
    Total liabilities           7,169.9                7,105.0   
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued           —                —   
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 11,237,396 and 12,048,151 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively           0.1                0.1   
    Paid-in capital           369.3                335.1   
    Retained earnings           1,184.3                1,414.7   
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)           1.0                (0.3)  
    Total shareholders’ equity           1,554.7                1,749.6   
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $         8,724.6      $         8,854.6   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. Reports Q2 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. (NASDAQ: SAMG) (the “Company” or “Silvercrest”) today reported the results of its operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Business Update

    Discretionary assets under management (“AUM”) increased $1.0 billion during the second quarter, primarily due to strong markets. While net flows were negative, Silvercrest added $80.0 million in organic new client accounts and has added $0.5 billion in new client accounts during the first half of 2025. That is on pace to be one of the stronger levels of organic new client flows over the past several years. Silvercrest has added approximately $2.0 billion in organic new client accounts over the past four quarters.

    Discretionary AUM, which drives revenue, now stands at $23.7 billion, which is a 4.4% sequential quarterly increase and an increase of 9.7% year-over-year. Total AUM at the end of the second quarter hit a new high for the firm at $36.7 billion.

    Barring short-term market volatility, the increase in AUM bodes well for future revenue, as Silvercrest primarily bills quarterly in advance. Silvercrest’s strategic investments continue to promote growth, and our earnings and Adjusted EBITDA1 reflect a concerted effort to invest capital to support our long-term strategic priorities. We remain highly optimistic about securing more significant organic flows over the course of 2025 and 2026, as our investments bear fruit.

    Our strategic initiatives highlight Silvercrest in both the institutional and wealth markets. The firm continues to invest in talent across the firm to drive new growth and successfully transition the business toward the next generation. Our new business pipeline remains robust.

    As previously discussed, Silvercrest will continue to monitor and adjust our interim compensation ratio to match important investments in the business as long as we have compelling opportunities to grow the firm and build our return on invested capital.

    We completed a $12.0 million stock repurchase program at the beginning of the second quarter. As a result, we announced a new buyback program of $25.0 million on May 23, 2025. Our strong balance sheet supports ongoing capital returns as well as our growth initiatives. 

    We will continue to look for opportunities to return capital to or accrete shareholders, especially as we invest in the business.

    On July 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase of 5% to the Company’s quarterly dividend, from $0.20 per share of Class A common stock to $0.21 per share of Class A common stock.  The dividend will be paid on or about September 19, 2025 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 12, 2025.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Total AUM of $36.7 billion, inclusive of discretionary AUM of $23.7 billion and non-discretionary AUM of $13.0 billion, at June 30, 2025.
    • Revenue of $30.7 million.
    • U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) consolidated net income and net income attributable to Silvercrest of $3.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
    • Basic and diluted net income per share of $0.21.
    • Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”)1 of $5.7 million.
    • Adjusted net income1 of $3.3 million.
    • Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share1,2 of $0.26 and $0.25, respectively.

    The table below presents a comparison of certain GAAP and non-GAAP (“Adjusted”) financial measures and AUM.

        For the Three Months
    Ended June 30,
        For the Six Months
    Ended June 30,
     
    (in thousands except as indicated)   2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Revenue   $ 30,673     $ 30,993     $ 62,065     $ 61,265  
    Income before other income (expense), net   $ 4,041     $ 5,309     $ 8,878     $ 11,213  
    Net income   $ 3,149     $ 4,380     $ 7,077     $ 9,295  
    Net income margin     10.3 %     14.1 %     11.4 %     15.2 %
    Net income attributable to Silvercrest   $ 1,918     $ 2,665     $ 4,387     $ 5,665  
    Net income per basic share   $ 0.21     $ 0.28     $ 0.47     $ 0.60  
    Net income per diluted share   $ 0.21     $ 0.28     $ 0.47     $ 0.60  
    Adjusted EBITDA1   $ 5,735     $ 7,232     $ 12,232     $ 14,685  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin1     18.7 %     23.3 %     19.7 %     24.0 %
    Adjusted net income1   $ 3,258     $ 4,402     $ 7,152     $ 9,121  
    Adjusted basic earnings per share1, 2   $ 0.26     $ 0.31     $ 0.57     $ 0.65  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share1, 2   $ 0.25     $ 0.30     $ 0.54     $ 0.63  
    Assets under management at period end (billions)   $ 36.7     $ 33.4     $ 36.7     $ 33.4  
    Average assets under management (billions)3   $ 36.0     $ 34.0     $ 36.6     $ 33.4  
    Discretionary assets under management (billions)   $ 23.7     $ 21.6     $ 23.7     $ 21.6  
    1 Adjusted measures are non-GAAP measures and are explained and reconciled to the comparable GAAP measures in Exhibits 2 and 3.
    2 Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share measures for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2025. Adjusted diluted earnings per share are further based on the addition of unvested restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options to the extent dilutive at the end of the reporting period.
    3 We have computed average AUM by averaging AUM at the beginning of the applicable period and AUM at the end of the applicable period.
       

    AUM at $36.7 Billion

    Silvercrest’s discretionary AUM increased by $2.1 billion, or 9.7%, to $23.7 billion at June 30, 2025, from $21.6 billion at June 30, 2024. Silvercrest’s total AUM increased by $3.3 billion, or 9.9%, to $36.7 billion at June 30, 2025, from $33.4 billion at June 30, 2024. The increase in total AUM was attributable to market appreciation of $2.8 billion and net client inflows of $0.5 billion.

    Silvercrest’s discretionary assets under management increased by $1.0 billion, or 4.4%, to $23.7 billion at June 30, 2025, from $22.7 billion at March 31, 2025. The increase was attributable to market appreciation of $1.4 billion partially offset by net client outflows of $0.4 billion. Silvercrest’s total AUM increased by $1.4 billion, or 4.0%, to $36.7 billion at June 30, 2025, from $35.3 billion at March 31, 2025. The increase was attributable to market appreciation of $1.8 billion partially offset by net client outflows of $0.4 billion.

    Second Quarter 2025 vs. Second Quarter 2024

    Revenue decreased by $0.3 million, or 1.0%, to $30.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, from $31.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was driven by a decrease in the average annual management fee rate.

    Total expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 3.7%, to $26.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, from $25.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. Compensation and benefits expense increased by $0.3 million, or 1.7%, to $18.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 from $18.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries and benefits of $1.2 million primarily as a result of merit-based increases and newly-hired staff, partially offset by decreases in the accrual for bonuses of $0.8 million and equity-based compensation of $0.1 million. General and administrative expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 8.8%, to $7.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 from $7.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. This was primarily attributable to increases in professional fees of $0.2 million, occupancy and related costs of $0.1 million primarily related to new office space in Singapore, marketing and advertising costs of $0.1 million, shareholder expenses of $0.1 million and travel and entertainment expenses of $0.1 million.

    Consolidated net income was $3.1 million, or 10.3% of revenue, for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to consolidated net income of $4.4 million, or 14.1% of revenue, for the same period in the prior year. Net income attributable to Silvercrest was $1.9 million, or $0.21 per basic and diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025. Our adjusted net income1 was $3.3 million, or $0.26 per adjusted basic share and $0.25 per adjusted diluted share2, for the three months ended June 30, 2025.

    Adjusted EBITDA1 was $5.7 million, or 18.7% of revenue, for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to $7.2 million, or 23.3% of revenue, for the same period in the prior year.

    Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 vs. Six Months Ended June 30, 2024

    Revenue increased by $0.8 million, or 1.3%, to $62.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, from $61.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. This increase was driven by market appreciation partially offset by net client outflows.

    Total expenses increased by $3.1 million, or 6.3%, to $53.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, from $50.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Compensation and benefits expense increased by $1.5 million, or 4.2%, to $37.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, from $36.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries and benefits of $2.7 million primarily as a result of merit-based increases and newly-hired staff, partially offset by decreases in the accrual for bonuses of $1.1 million and severance expense of $0.1 million.  General and administrative expenses increased by $1.6 million, or 11.6%, to $15.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, from $13.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. This was primarily attributable to increases in professional fees of $0.6 million, occupancy and related costs of $0.1 million primarily related to new office space in Singapore, portfolio and systems expense of $0.3 million, shareholder expenses of $0.1 million, marketing and advertising costs of $0.1 million, office expenses of $0.1 million, sub-advisory and referral fees of $0.1 million and travel and entertainment expenses of $0.2 million.

    Consolidated net income was $7.1 million, or 11.4% of revenue, for the six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to consolidated net income of $9.3 million, or 15.2% of revenue, for the same period in the prior year.  Net income attributable to Silvercrest was $4.4 million, or $0.47 per basic share and diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2025.  Our adjusted net income1 was $7.2 million, or $0.57 per adjusted basic share and $0.54 per adjusted diluted share2 for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

    Adjusted EBITDA1 was $12.2 million, or 19.7% of revenue, for the six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to $14.7 million, or 24.0% of revenue, for the same period in the prior year.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Cash and cash equivalents were $30.0 million at June 30, 2025, compared to $68.6 million at December 31, 2024. As of June 30, 2025, there was nothing outstanding under our term loan with City National Bank and nothing outstanding on our revolving credit facility with City National Bank.

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s total equity was $100.0 million at June 30, 2025. We had 8,501,241 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 4,126,476 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at June 30, 2025.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To provide investors with additional insight, promote transparency and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, we supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a basis consistent with GAAP with Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share, which are non-GAAP financial measures of earnings. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measures that are derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    • EBITDA represents net income before provision for income taxes, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization.
    • We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA without giving effect to the Delaware franchise tax, professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses, but including partner incentive allocations, prior to our initial public offering, as an expense. We believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring earnings of the Company, taking into account earnings attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    • Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue. We believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted EBITDA Margin, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring profitability of the Company, taking into account profitability attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    • Adjusted Net Income represents recurring net income without giving effect to professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, losses on forgiveness of notes receivable from our partners, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses. Furthermore, Adjusted Net Income includes income tax expense assuming a blended corporate rate of 26%. We believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted Net Income, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring income of the Company, taking into account income attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    • Adjusted Earnings Per Share represents Adjusted Net Income divided by the actual Class A and Class B shares outstanding as of the end of the reporting period for basic Adjusted Earnings Per Share, and to the extent dilutive, we add unvested restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options to the total shares outstanding to compute diluted Adjusted Earnings Per Share. As a result of our structure, which includes a non-controlling interest, we believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted Earnings Per Share, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring earnings per share of the Company as a whole as opposed to being limited to our Class A common stock.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host a conference call on August 1, 2025, at 8:30 am (Eastern Time) to discuss these results. Hosting the call will be Richard R. Hough III, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Scott A. Gerard, Chief Financial Officer. Listeners may access the call by dialing 1-844-836-8743 or for international listeners the call may be accessed by dialing 1-412-317-5723. A live, listen-only webcast will also be available via the investor relations section of www.silvercrestgroup.com. An archived replay of the call will be available after the completion of the live call on the Investor Relations page of the Silvercrest website at http://ir.silvercrestgroup.com/

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains, and from time to time our management may make, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. Important factors that could cause actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: incurrence of net losses; fluctuations in quarterly and annual results; adverse economic or market conditions; our expectations with respect to future levels of assets under management, inflows and outflows; our ability to retain clients; our ability to maintain our fee structure; our particular choices with regard to investment strategies employed; our ability to hire and retain qualified investment professionals; the cost of complying with current and future regulation coupled with the cost of defending ourselves from related investigations or litigation; failure of our operational safeguards against breaches in data security, privacy, conflicts of interest or employee misconduct; our expected tax rate; our expectations with respect to deferred tax assets, adverse economic or market conditions; incurrence of net losses; adverse effects of management focusing on implementation of a growth strategy; failure to develop and maintain the Silvercrest brand; and other factors disclosed under “Risk Factors” in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which is accessible on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

    About Silvercrest

    Silvercrest was founded in April 2002 as an independent, employee-owned registered investment adviser. With offices in New York, Boston, Virginia, New Jersey, California and Wisconsin, Silvercrest provides traditional and alternative investment advisory and family office services to wealthy families and select institutional investors.

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

    Contact: Richard Hough
    212-649-0601
    rhough@silvercrestgroup.com

    Exhibit 1

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited and in thousands, except share and per share amounts or as noted)
                 
        For the Three Months
    Ended June 30,
        For the Six Months
    Ended June 30,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
                             
    Revenue                        
    Management and advisory fees   $ 29,515     $ 29,900     $ 59,783     $ 59,065  
    Family office services     1,158       1,093       2,282       2,200  
    Total revenue     30,673       30,993       62,065       61,265  
    Expenses                        
    Compensation and benefits     18,805       18,493       37,686       36,162  
    General and administrative     7,827       7,191       15,501       13,890  
    Total expenses     26,632       25,684       53,187       50,052  
    Income before other (expense) income, net     4,041       5,309       8,878       11,213  
    Other (expense) income, net                        
    Other (expense) income, net     20       7       27       15  
    Interest income     163       289       436       636  
    Interest expense     (15 )     (29 )     (30 )     (80 )
    Total other (expense) income, net     168       267       433       571  
    Income before provision for income taxes     4,209       5,576       9,311       11,784  
    Provision for income taxes     (1,060 )     (1,196 )     (2,234 )     (2,489 )
    Net income     3,149       4,380       7,077       9,295  
    Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests     (1,231 )     (1,715 )     (2,690 )     (3,630 )
    Net income attributable to Silvercrest   $ 1,918     $ 2,665     $ 4,387     $ 5,665  
    Net income per share:                        
    Basic   $ 0.21     $ 0.28     $ 0.47     $ 0.60  
    Diluted   $ 0.21     $ 0.28     $ 0.47     $ 0.60  
    Weighted average shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     9,095,966       9,509,711       9,337,530       9,494,869  
    Diluted     9,124,278       9,547,879       9,370,217       9,531,730  
                                     

    Exhibit 2

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP (“Adjusted”) Adjusted EBITDA Measure
    (Unaudited and in thousands, except share and per share amounts or as noted)
                 
    Adjusted EBITDA   For the Three Months
    Ended June 30,
        For the Six Months
    Ended June 30,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure:                        
    Net income   $ 3,149     $ 4,380     $ 7,077     $ 9,295  
    Provision for income taxes     1,060       1,196       2,234       2,489  
    Delaware Franchise Tax     50       50       100       100  
    Interest expense     15       29       30       80  
    Interest income     (163 )     (289 )     (436 )     (636 )
    Depreciation and amortization     1,079       1,058       2,118       2,077  
    Equity-based compensation     401       485       855       839  
    Other adjustments (A)     144       323       254       441  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 5,735     $ 7,232     $ 12,232     $ 14,685  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin     18.7 %     23.3 %     19.7 %     24.0 %
                                     

    (A) Other adjustments consist of the following:

        Three Months Ended
    June 30,
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Severance   $     $     $     $ 60  
    Other (a)     144       323       254       381  
    Total other adjustments   $ 144     $ 323     $ 254     $ 441  
                                     
    (a) For the three months ended June 30, 2025, represents an ASC 842 rent adjustment of $48 related to the amortization of property lease incentives, legal fees of $84 related to our application for licensure in the European Union (the “EU”) and rent expense of $12.  For the six months ended June 30, 2025, represents an ASC 842 rent adjustment of $96 related to the amortization of property lease incentives, legal fees of $84 related to our application for licensure in the EU, sign-on bonuses paid to certain employees of $62 and rent expense of $12.  For the three months ended June 30, 2024, represents a fair value adjustment to the Neosho contingent purchase price consideration of $12, an ASC 842 rent adjustment of $48 related to the amortization of property lease incentives, sign on bonuses paid to certain employees of $188, professional fees of $26 related to a transfer pricing project, legal fees of $46 and software implementation costs of $3.  For the six months ended June 30, 2024, represents a fair value adjustment to the Neosho contingent purchase price consideration of $12, an ASC 842 rent adjustment of $96 related to the amortization of property lease incentives, sign on bonuses paid to certain employees of $188, professional fees of $26 related to a transfer pricing project, legal fees of $46 and software implementation costs of $13.
       

    Exhibit 3

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP (“Adjusted”)
    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share Measures
    (Unaudited and in thousands, except per share amounts or as noted)
                 
    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share   Three Months Ended
    June 30,
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure:                        
    Net income   $ 3,149     $ 4,380     $ 7,077     $ 9,295  
    Consolidated GAAP Provision for income taxes     1,060       1,196       2,234       2,489  
    Delaware Franchise Tax     50       50       100       100  
    Other adjustments (A)     144       323       254       441  
    Adjusted earnings before provision for income taxes     4,403       5,949       9,665       12,325  
    Adjusted provision for income taxes:                        
    Adjusted provision for income taxes (26% assumed tax rate)     (1,145 )     (1,547 )     (2,513 )     (3,205 )
                             
    Adjusted net income   $ 3,258     $ 4,402     $ 7,152     $ 9,121  
                             
    GAAP net income per share (B):                        
    Basic   $ 0.21     $ 0.28     $ 0.47     $ 0.60  
    Diluted   $ 0.21     $ 0.28     $ 0.47     $ 0.60  
                             
    Adjusted earnings per share/unit (B):                        
    Basic   $ 0.26     $ 0.31     $ 0.57     $ 0.65  
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.30     $ 0.54     $ 0.63  
                             
    Shares/units outstanding:                        
    Basic Class A shares outstanding     8,501       9,547       8,501       9,547  
    Basic Class B shares/units outstanding     4,127       4,443       4,127       4,443  
    Total basic shares/units outstanding     12,628       13,990       12,628       13,990  
                             
    Diluted Class A shares outstanding (C)     8,525       9,586       8,525       9,586  
    Diluted Class B shares/units outstanding (D)     4,630       5,038       4,630       5,038  
    Total diluted shares/units outstanding     13,155       14,624       13,155       14,624  
      (A) See A in Exhibit 2.   
      (B) GAAP earnings per share is strictly attributable to Class A stockholders. Adjusted earnings per share takes into account earnings attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
      (C) Includes 23,426 and 38,936 unvested restricted stock units at June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
      (D) Includes 137,100 and 228,118 unvested restricted stock units at June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 366,293 unvested non-qualified options at June 30, 2025 and 2024.
         

    Exhibit 4

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (Unaudited and in thousands)
                 
        June 30,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
     
    Assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 30,041     $ 68,611  
    Investments     164       1,354  
    Receivables, net     13,129       12,225  
    Due from Silvercrest Funds     875       945  
    Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net     7,302       7,387  
    Goodwill     63,675       63,675  
    Operating lease assets     15,127       16,032  
    Finance lease assets     189       254  
    Intangible assets, net     15,547       16,644  
    Deferred tax asset     2,737       4,220  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     3,925       3,085  
    Total assets   $ 152,711     $ 194,432  
    Liabilities and Equity            
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 3,190     $ 1,953  
    Accrued compensation     17,811       39,865  
    Operating lease liabilities     21,071       22,270  
    Finance lease liabilities     197       262  
    Deferred tax and other liabilities     10,488       10,389  
    Total liabilities     52,757       74,739  
    Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)            
    Equity            
    Preferred Stock, par value $0.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
    and outstanding
               
    Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 10,801,353
    and 8,501,241 issued and outstanding, respectively, as of June 30, 2025;
    10,450,559 and 9,376,280 issued and outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2024
        108       104  
    Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 4,126,476
    and 4,373,315 issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
    respectively
        40       42  
    Additional Paid-In Capital     58,704       56,369  
    Treasury Stock, at cost, 2,300,112 and 1,074,279 shares as of June 30, 2025 and
    December 31, 2024, respectively
        (38,866 )     (19,728 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (41 )     (43 )
    Retained earnings     44,660       43,953  
    Total Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s equity     64,605       80,697  
    Non-controlling interests     35,349       38,996  
    Total equity     99,954       119,693  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 152,711     $ 194,432  

    Exhibit 5

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Total Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
                 
    Total Assets Under Management:            
        Three Months Ended
    June 30,
        % Change from June 30,  
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 35.3     $ 34.5       2.3 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     0.9       0.6       50.0 %
    Gross client outflows     (1.3 )     (1.5 )     -13.3 %
    Net client flows     (0.4 )     (0.9 )     55.6 %
                       
    Market appreciation/(depreciation)     1.8       (0.2 )   NM  
    Ending assets under management   $ 36.7     $ 33.4       9.9 %
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        % Change from June 30,  
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 36.5     $ 33.3       9.6 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     2.3       1.7       35.3 %
    Gross client outflows     (2.5 )     (3.0 )     -16.7 %
    Net client flows     (0.2 )     (1.3 )     84.6 %
                       
    Market appreciation     0.4       1.4       -71.4 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 36.7     $ 33.4       9.9 %

    NM = Not Meaningful

    Exhibit 6

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Discretionary Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
                 
    Discretionary Assets Under Management:            
                 
        Three Months Ended
    June 30,
        % Change from June 30,  
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 22.7     $ 22.7       0.0 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     0.6       0.6       0.0 %
    Gross client outflows     (1.0 )     (1.5 )     -33.3 %
    Net client flows     (0.4 )     (0.9 )     55.6 %
                       
    Market appreciation/(depreciation)     1.4       (0.2 )   NM  
    Ending assets under management   $ 23.7     $ 21.6       9.7 %
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        % Change from June 30,  
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 23.3     $ 21.9       6.4 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     1.6       1.2       33.3 %
    Gross client outflows     (1.7 )     (2.5 )     -32.0 %
    Net client flows     (0.1 )     (1.3 )     -92.3 %
                       
    Market appreciation     0.5       1.0       -50.0 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 23.7     $ 21.6       9.7 %

    NM = Not Meaningful

    Exhibit 7

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Non-Discretionary Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
                 
    Non-Discretionary Assets Under Management:            
                 
        Three Months Ended
    June 30,
        % Change from June 30,  
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 12.6     $ 11.8       6.8 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     0.3             100.0 %
    Gross client outflows     (0.3 )           100.0 %
    Net client flows                 100.0 %
                       
    Market appreciation     0.4             100.0 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 13.0     $ 11.8       10.2 %
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        % Change from June 30,  
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 13.2     $ 11.4       15.8 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     0.7       0.5       40.0 %
    Gross client outflows     (0.8 )     (0.5 )     60.0 %
    Net client flows     (0.1 )           -100.0 %
                       
    Market (depreciation)/appreciation     (0.1 )     0.4       -125.0 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 13.0     $ 11.8       10.2 %
                             

    Exhibit 8

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
           
        Three Months Ended
    June 30,
     
        2025     2024  
    Total AUM as of March 31,   $ 35.328     $ 34.509  
    Discretionary AUM:            
    Total Discretionary AUM as of March 31,   $ 22.655     $ 22.681  
    New client accounts/assets (1)     0.080       0.068  
    Closed accounts (2)     (0.071 )     (0.036 )
    Net cash inflow/(outflow) (3)     (0.426 )     (0.955 )
    Non-discretionary to Discretionary AUM (4)            
    Market appreciation/(depreciation)     1.430       (0.112 )
    Change to Discretionary AUM     1.013       (1.035 )
    Total Discretionary AUM at June 30,     23.668       21.646  
    Change to Non-Discretionary AUM (5)     0.332       (0.044 )
    Total AUM as of June 30,   $ 36.673     $ 33.430  
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
     
        2025     2024  
    Total AUM as of January 1,   $ 36.455     $ 33.281  
    Discretionary AUM:            
    Total Discretionary AUM as of January 1,   $ 23.319     $ 21.885  
    New client accounts/assets (1)     0.517       0.103  
    Closed accounts (2)     (0.125 )     (0.475 )
    Net cash inflow/(outflow) (3)     (0.540 )     (0.948 )
    Non-discretionary to Discretionary AUM (4)     0.001       (0.002 )
    Market appreciation     0.497       1.083  
    Change to Discretionary AUM     0.350       (0.239 )
    Total Discretionary AUM at June 30,     23.669       21.646  
    Change to Non-Discretionary AUM (5)     (0.132 )     0.388  
    Total AUM as of June 30,   $ 36.673     $ 33.430  
    (1) Represents new account flows from both new and existing client relationships.
    (2) Represents closed accounts of existing client relationships and those that terminated.
    (3) Represents periodic cash flows related to existing accounts.
    (4) Represents client assets that converted to Discretionary AUM from Non-Discretionary AUM.
    (5) Represents the net change to Non-Discretionary AUM.
       

    Exhibit 9

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Equity Investment Strategy Composite Performance1, 2
    As of June 30, 2025
    (Unaudited)
           
    PROPRIETARY EQUITY PERFORMANCE 1, 2   ANNUALIZED PERFORMANCE  
        INCEPTION   1-YEAR     3-YEAR     5-YEAR     7-YEAR     INCEPTION  
    Large Cap Value Composite   4/1/02     10.1       12.6       13.4       10.7       9.6  
    Russell 1000 Value Index         13.7       12.8       13.9       9.6       8.0  
                                       
    Small Cap Value Composite   4/1/02     -0.1       7.4       11.9       6.0       9.7  
    Russell 2000 Value Index         5.5       7.5       12.5       4.9       7.5  
                                       
    Smid Cap Value Composite   10/1/05     8.7       8.6       11.8       6.4       9.2  
    Russell 2500 Value Index         10.5       10.7       14.0       6.9       7.7  
                                       
    Multi Cap Value Composite   7/1/02     11.4       11.3       12.0       8.5       9.6  
    Russell 3000 Value Index         13.3       12.5       13.9       9.3       8.4  
                                       
    Equity Income Composite   12/1/03     9.6       9.9       11.4       7.7       10.7  
    Russell 3000 Value Index         13.3       12.5       13.9       9.3       8.6  
                                       
    Focused Value Composite   9/1/04     15.1       8.0       9.1       5.7       9.4  
    Russell 3000 Value Index         13.3       12.5       13.9       9.3       8.4  
                                       
    Global Value Opportunity Composite   1/1/20     19.5       16.2       15.3             11.0  
    MSCI ACWI Value – Net Index         15.6       13.1       13.0             7.8  
                                       
    Small Cap Opportunity Composite   7/1/04     3.0       11.4       11.1       7.6       10.4  
    Russell 2000 Index         7.7       10.0       10.0       5.5       7.8  
                                       
    Small Cap Growth Composite   7/1/04     6.5       8.8       9.2       8.0       10.1  
    Russell 2000 Growth Index         9.7       12.4       7.4       5.7       8.3  
                                       
    Smid Cap Growth Composite   1/1/06     16.2       11.3       8.9       11.3       10.7  
    Russell 2500 Growth Index         8.8       12.1       7.5       7.5       9.2  
    1 Returns are based upon a time weighted rate of return of various fully discretionary equity portfolios with similar investment objectives, strategies and policies and other relevant criteria managed by Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC (“SAMG LLC”), a subsidiary of Silvercrest. Performance results are gross of fees and net of commission charges. An investor’s actual return will be reduced by the advisory fees and any other expenses it may incur in the management of the investment advisory account. SAMG LLC’s standard advisory fees are described in Part 2 of its Form ADV. Actual fees and expenses will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of a particular account. Returns greater than one year are shown as annualized compounded returns and include gains and accrued income and reinvestment of distributions. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. This piece contains no recommendations to buy or sell securities or a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell securities or investment services or adopt any investment position. This piece is not intended to constitute investment advice and is based upon conditions in place during the period noted. Market and economic views are subject to change without notice and may be untimely when presented here. Readers are advised not to infer or assume that any securities, sectors or markets described were or will be profitable. SAMG LLC is an independent investment advisory and financial services firm created to meet the investment and administrative needs of individuals with substantial assets and select institutional investors. SAMG LLC claims compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®).
    2 The market indices used to compare to the performance of Silvercrest’s strategies are as follows:
      The Russell 1000 Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures the 1000 largest companies in the Russell 3000. The Russell 1000 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that includes those Russell 1000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
      The Russell 2000 Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures the 2000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000. The Russell 2000 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that includes those Russell 2000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
      The Russell 2500 Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000. The Russell 2500 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that includes those Russell 2000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
      The Russell 3000 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures those Russell 3000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Monolithic Power Systems Provides Earnings Commentary for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    KIRKLAND, Wash., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MPS will report its results after the market closes on July 31, 2025 and host a question-and-answer webinar at 2:00 p.m. PT / 5:00 p.m. ET. The live event will be held via a Zoom webcast, which can be accessed at https://mpsic.zoom.us/j/98147401910.

    Q2 2025 Financial Summary           (Unaudited)
    GAAP
     
      Q2’25 Q1’25 Q2’24   QoQ Change YoY Change
    Revenue ($k) $664,574 $637,554 $507,431   Up 4.2% Up 31.0%
    Gross Margin 55.1% 55.4% 55.3%   Down 0.3 pts Down 0.2 pts
    Opex ($k) $201,258 $184,471 $164,042   Up 9.1% Up 22.7%
    Operating Margin 24.8% 26.5% 23.0%   Down 1.7 pts Up 1.8 pts
    Net income ($k) $133,726 $133,791 $100,366   Flat Up 33.2%
    Diluted EPS $2.78 $2.79 $2.05   Down 0.4% Up 35.6%
    Non-GAAP
     
      Q2’25 Q1’25 Q2’24   QoQ Change YoY Change
    Revenue ($k) $664,574 $637,554 $507,431   Up 4.2% Up 31.0%
    Gross Margin 55.5% 55.7% 55.7%   Down 0.2 pts Down 0.2 pts
    Opex ($k) $137,604 $133,526 $111,667   Up 3.1% Up 23.2%
    Operating Margin 34.8% 34.7% 33.7%   Up 0.1 pts Up 1.1 pts
    Net income ($k) $202,180 $193,813 $155,076   Up 4.3% Up 30.4%
    Diluted EPS $4.21 $4.04 $3.17   Up 4.2% Up 32.8%
    Tax Rate 15.0% 15.0% 12.5%   Flat Up 2.5 pts
    Revenue by End Market
     
        Revenue   YoY Change  % of Revenue
    End Market ($M)   Q2’25 Q2’24   $   % Q2’25   Q2’24  
    Storage & Computing     $195.3   $114.9     $80.4   70.0 % 29.4 % 22.7 %
    Automotive     145.1   87.2     57.9   66.4 % 21.8   17.2  
    Enterprise Data     144.0   187.2     (43.2 ) (23.1 %) 21.7   36.9  
    Communications     73.8   43.6     30.2   69.3 % 11.1   8.5  
    Consumer     59.7   42.2     17.5   41.5 % 9.0   8.3  
    Industrial     46.7   32.3     14.4   44.6 % 7.0   6.4  
    Total     $664.6   $507.4     $157.2   31.0 % 100 % 100 %


    Ongoing Business Conditions

    In Q2 2025, MPS achieved record quarterly revenue of $664.6 million, 4.2% higher than revenue in the first quarter of 2025 and 31.0% higher than revenue in the second quarter of 2024.

    Our performance during the quarter reflected the resilience of our diversified market strategy as we continued to see strong broad-based ordering patterns.

    Q2 2025 highlights include:

    • We continued to see diversified revenue growth across all our end markets.
    • We began initial shipments of our power solutions to support our customers new ASIC based AI products.
    • Storage and Compute revenue grew sequentially off a strong Q1 as we continued to see demand for both memory and notebook power solutions.

    MPS continues to focus on innovation, solving our customers’ most challenging problems, and maintaining the highest level of quality. We continue to invest in new technology, expand into new markets, and to diversify our end-market applications and global supply chain. This will allow us to capture future growth opportunities, maintain supply stability, and swiftly adapt to market changes as they occur.

    “Our proven, long-term growth strategy remains intact as we continue our transformation from being a chip-only, semiconductor supplier to a full service, silicon-based solutions provider,” said Michael Hsing, CEO and founder of MPS.

    Q2’25 Revenue Results

    MPS reported second quarter revenue of $664.6 million, 4.2% higher than the first quarter of 2025 and 31.0% higher than the second quarter of 2024. Compared with the first quarter of 2025, sales improved sequentially across all end markets.

    Second quarter 2025 Industrial revenue of $46.7 million increased 9.6% from the first quarter of 2025 primarily due to higher sales for instrumentation and security applications. Second quarter 2025 Industrial revenue was up 44.6% year over year. Industrial revenue represented 7.0% of our total second quarter 2025 revenue compared with 6.7% in the first quarter of 2025.

    In our Enterprise Data market, second quarter 2025 revenue of $144.0 million increased 8.4% from the first quarter of 2025 from higher sales of our power management solutions for AI and server applications. Second quarter 2025 Enterprise Data revenue was down 23.1% year over year. Enterprise Data revenue represented 21.7% of our total second quarter 2025 revenue compared with 20.8% in the first quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2025 Consumer revenue of $59.7 million increased 4.9% from the first quarter of 2025 primarily from higher sales in monitors and gaming solutions. Second quarter 2025 Consumer revenue was up 41.5% year over year. Consumer revenue represented 9.0% of our total second quarter 2025 revenue compared with 8.9% in the first quarter of 2025.

    Second quarter 2025 Storage and Computing revenue of $195.3 million increased 3.6% from the first quarter of 2025. The sequential increase was primarily driven by higher sales of power solutions for notebooks as well as memory. Second quarter 2025 Storage and Computing revenue was up 70.0% year over year. Storage and Computing revenue represented 29.4% of MPS’s second quarter 2025 revenue compared with 29.6% in the first quarter of 2025.

    Second quarter 2025 Communications revenue of $73.8 million was up 2.8% from the first quarter of 2025 primarily on higher sales of power solutions for optical modules and routers. Second quarter 2025 Communications revenue was up 69.3% year over year. Communications sales represented 11.1% of our total second quarter 2025 revenue compared with 11.3% the first quarter of 2025.

    Second quarter Automotive revenue of $145.1 million increased 0.1% from the from the first quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2025 Automotive revenue was up 66.4% year over year. Automotive revenue represented 21.8% of MPS’s second quarter 2025 revenue compared with 22.7% in the first quarter of 2025.

    Q2’25 Gross Margin & Operating Income

    GAAP gross margin was 55.1%, down 0.3 percentage points compared to the first quarter of 2025. Our GAAP operating income was $164.8 million compared to $168.8 million reported in the first quarter of 2025.

    Non-GAAP gross margin for the second quarter of 2025 was 55.5%, down 0.2 percentage points compared to the first quarter of 2025. Our non-GAAP operating income was $231.2 million compared to $221.5 million reported in the first quarter of 2025.

    Q2’25 Operating Expenses

    Our GAAP operating expenses were $201.3 million in the second quarter of 2025 compared with $184.5 million in the first quarter of 2025.

    Our Non-GAAP operating expenses were $137.6 million, up from $133.5 million in the first quarter of 2025.

    The differences between non-GAAP operating expenses and GAAP operating expenses for the quarters discussed here are primarily stock-based compensation and related expenses and deferred compensation plan expense.

    Total stock-based compensation and related expenses, including approximately $1.9 million charged to cost of goods sold, was $60.3 million compared with $53.8 million recorded in the first quarter of 2025.

    The Bottom Line

    Second quarter 2025 GAAP net income was $133.7 million or $2.78 per fully diluted share, compared with $133.8 million or $2.79 per share in the first quarter of 2025.

    Second quarter 2025 non-GAAP net income was $202.2 million or $4.21 per fully diluted share, compared with $193.8 million or $4.04 per fully diluted share in the first quarter of 2025.

    Second quarter 2025 non-GAAP tax rate of 15% was flat to the first quarter of 2025.

    There were 48 million fully diluted shares outstanding at the end of the second quarter of 2025.

    Balance Sheet and Cash Flow

    Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments were $1,146.1 million at the end of the second quarter of 2025 compared to $1,026.7 million at the end of the first quarter of 2025. For the second quarter of 2025, MPS generated operating cash flow of $237.6 million compared with the first quarter of 2025 operating cash flow of $256.4 million.

    Accounts receivable at the end of the second quarter of 2025 were $194.8 million, representing 27 days of sales outstanding, which was 4 days lower than the 31 days reported at the end of the first quarter of 2025.

    Our internal inventories at the end of the second quarter of 2025 were $490.6 million, up from $454.8 million at the end of the first quarter of 2025. Days of inventory of 150 days at the end of the second quarter of 2025 was 4 days higher than at the end of the first quarter of 2025.

    We continue to manage our internal inventories, balancing the uncertainty in the market with being prepared to capture market upturns as they occur. Comparing current inventory levels using next quarter’s projected revenue, days of inventory at the end of the second quarter of 139 days was flat to the end of the first quarter of 2025.

    Selected Balance Sheet and Inventory Data (Unaudited)
           
      Q2’25 Q1’25 Q2’24
    Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-Term Investments $ 1,146.1 M $ 1,026.7 M $ 1,307.2 M
    Operating Cash Flow $ 237.6 M $ 256.4 M $ 141.0 M
    Accounts Receivable $ 194.8 M $ 214.9 M $ 157.9 M
    Days of Sales Outstanding 27 Days 31 Days 28 Days
    Internal Inventories $ 490.6 M $ 454.8 M $ 426.8 M
    Days of Inventory (current quarter revenue) 150 Days 146 Days 171 Days
    Days of Inventory (next quarter revenue) 139 Days 139 Days 140 Days


    Q3’25 Business Outlook

    For the third quarter of 2025 ending September 30, we are forecasting:

    • Revenue in the range of $710 million to $730 million.
    • GAAP gross margin in the range of 54.9% to 55.5%.
    • Non-GAAP gross margin in the range of 55.2% to 55.8%, which excludes the impact from stock-based compensation and related expenses as well as the impact from amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.
    • Total stock-based compensation and related expenses in the range of $60.1 million to $62.1 million including approximately $1.8 million that would be charged to cost of goods sold.
    • GAAP operating expenses between $201.3 million and $207.3 million.
    • Non-GAAP operating expenses in the range of $143.0 million to $147.0 million. This estimate excludes stock-based compensation and related expenses in the range of $58.3 million to $60.3 million.
    • Interest and other income in the range from $6.4 million to $6.8 million before foreign exchange gains or losses.
    • Non-GAAP tax rate of 15% for 2025.
    • Fully diluted shares outstanding in the range of 47.9 to 48.3 million shares.

    For further information, contact:
    Bernie Blegen
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
    408-826-0777
    MPSInvestor.Relations@monolithicpower.com

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This earnings commentary contains, and statements that will be made during the accompanying webinar will contain, forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including under the “Q3’25 Business Outlook” section herein, our statement regarding our business focus, our statement regarding the expansion and diversification of our global supply chain, our statement regarding the expected ramping of ASIC AI power products, our statement regarding geographically balanced capacity, our statement regarding our ability to capture future growth opportunities, maintain supply stability and swiftly adapt to market changes as they occur, and the quote from our CEO and founder, including, among other things, (i) projected revenue, GAAP and non-GAAP gross margin, GAAP and non-GAAP operating expenses, stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, other income before foreign exchange gains or losses, and fully diluted shares outstanding, (ii) our outlook for the third quarter of fiscal year 2025 and the near-term, medium-term and long-term prospects of MPS, including our ability to adapt to changing market conditions, performance against our business plan, our ability to grow despite the various challenges facing our business, our industry and the global economic environment, revenue growth in certain of our end markets, potential new business segments, our continued investment in research and development (“R&D”), expected revenue growth, customers’ acceptance of our new product offerings, the prospects of our new product development, our expectations regarding market and industry trends and prospects, and our projected expansion of capacity and the impact it may have on our business, (iii) our ability to penetrate new markets and expand our market share, (iv) the seasonality of our business, (v) our ability to reduce our expenses, and (vi) statements regarding the assumptions underlying or relating to any statement described in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v). These forward-looking statements are not historical facts or guarantees of future performance or events, are based on current expectations, estimates, beliefs, assumptions, goals, and objectives, and involve significant known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different from the results expressed by these statements. Readers of this earnings commentary and listeners to the accompanying conference call are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, continued uncertainties in the global economy, including due to the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts, global tariffs and retaliatory measures and announcements regarding same, inflation, consumer sentiment and other factors; adverse events arising from orders or regulations of governmental entities, including such orders or regulations that impact our customers or suppliers, and adoption of new or amended accounting standards; adverse changes in laws and government regulations such as tariffs on imports of foreign goods, export regulations and export classifications, and tax laws (including the recent H.R.1 Act signed into law on July 4, 2025) or the interpretation of same, including in foreign countries where MPS has offices or operations; the effect of export controls, trade and economic sanctions regulations and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets, particularly in China; our ability to obtain governmental licenses and approvals for international trading activities or technology transfers, including export licenses; acceptance of, or demand for, our products, in particular the new products launched recently, being different than expected; our ability to increase market share in our targeted markets; difficulty in predicting or budgeting for future customer demand and channel inventories, expenses and financial contingencies (including as a result of any continuing impact from the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts); our ability to efficiently and effectively develop new products and receive a return on our R&D expense investment; our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers; our ability to meet customer demand for our products due to constraints on our third-party suppliers’ ability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products or otherwise; our ability to expand manufacturing capacity to support future growth; adverse changes in production and testing efficiency of our products; any political, cultural, military, regulatory, economic, foreign exchange and operational changes in China, where a significant portion of our manufacturing capacity comes from; any market disruptions or interruptions in our schedule of new product development releases; our ability to manage our inventory levels; adequate supply of our products from our third-party manufacturing partners; adverse changes or developments in the semiconductor industry generally, which is cyclical in nature, and our ability to adjust our operations to address such changes or developments; the ongoing consolidation of companies in the semiconductor industry; competition generally and the increasingly competitive nature of our industry; our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of companies and products that MPS acquires, and our ability to effectively and efficiently integrate these acquired companies and products into our operations; the risks, uncertainties and costs of litigation in which MPS is involved; the outcome of any upcoming trials, hearings, motions and appeals; the adverse impact on our financial performance if its tax and litigation provisions are inadequate; our ability to effectively manage our growth and attract and retain qualified personnel; the effect of epidemics and pandemics on the global economy and on our business; the risks associated with the financial market, economy, global tariffs and retaliatory measures and announcements regarding same, and geopolitical uncertainties, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts; and other important risk factors identified under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, including, but not limited to, our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 3, 2025. MPS assumes no obligation to update the information in this earnings commentary or in the accompanying webinar.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This earnings commentary contains references to certain non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per share, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP other income, net, and non-GAAP income before income taxes differ from net income, net income per share, gross margin, operating expenses, other income, net, operating income and income before income taxes determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP net income per share exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, which include stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes in relation to the stock-based compensation, net deferred compensation plan expense, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and related tax effects. Non-GAAP gross margin excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP operating expenses exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP operating income excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP other income, net excludes the effect of deferred compensation plan income. Non-GAAP income before income taxes excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and net deferred compensation plan expense. Projected non-GAAP gross margin excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets. Projected non-GAAP operating expenses exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses. These non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. A schedule reconciling non-GAAP financial measures is included at the end of this press release. MPS utilizes both GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures to assess what it believes to be its core operating performance and to evaluate and manage its internal business and assist in making financial operating decisions. MPS believes that the inclusion of non-GAAP financial measures, together with GAAP measures, provides investors with an alternative presentation useful to investors’ understanding of MPS’s core operating results and trends. Additionally, MPS believes that the inclusion of non-GAAP measures, together with GAAP measures, provides investors with an additional dimension of comparability to similar companies. However, investors should be aware that non-GAAP financial measures utilized by other companies are not likely to be comparable in most cases to the non-GAAP financial measures used by MPS. See the GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations in the tables set forth below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NON-GAAP NET INCOME
    (Unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Net income   $ 133,726     $ 100,366     $ 267,517     $ 192,907  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to non-GAAP net income:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     60,280       52,704       114,091       104,473  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     320       372       640       663  
    Deferred compensation plan expense, net     281       106       275       153  
    Tax effect     7,573       1,528       13,470       (5,628 )
    Non-GAAP net income   $ 202,180     $ 155,076     $ 395,993     $ 292,568  
                                     
    Non-GAAP net income per share:                                
    Basic   $ 4.22     $ 3.19     $ 8.27     $ 6.01  
    Diluted   $ 4.21     $ 3.17     $ 8.25     $ 5.98  
                                     
    Shares used in the calculation of non-GAAP net income per share:                                
    Basic     47,887       48,687       47,869       48,660  
    Diluted     48,019       48,945       48,012       48,935  
    RECONCILIATION OF GROSS MARGIN TO NON-GAAP GROSS MARGIN
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Gross profit   $ 366,016     $ 280,578     $ 719,246     $ 533,019  
    Gross margin     55.1 %     55.3 %     55.2 %     55.2 %
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile gross profit to non-GAAP gross profit:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     1,915       1,635       3,621       3,535  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     287       339       574       597  
    Deferred compensation plan expense     605       100       442       540  
    Non-GAAP gross profit   $ 368,823     $ 282,652     $ 723,883     $ 537,691  
    Non-GAAP gross margin     55.5 %     55.7 %     55.6 %     55.7 %
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES TO NON-GAAP OPERATING EXPENSES
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total operating expenses   $ 201,258     $ 164,042     $ 385,729     $ 320,996  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile total operating expenses to non-GAAP total operating expenses:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     (58,365 )     (51,069 )     (110,470 )     (100,938 )
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     (33 )     (33 )     (66 )     (66 )
    Deferred compensation plan expense     (5,256 )     (1,273 )     (4,063 )     (4,899 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   $ 137,604     $ 111,667     $ 271,130     $ 215,093  
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING INCOME TO NON-GAAP OPERATING INCOME
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total operating income   $ 164,758     $ 116,536     $ 333,517     $ 212,023  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile total operating income to non-GAAP total operating income:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     60,280       52,704       114,091       104,473  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     320       372       640       663  
    Deferred compensation plan expense     5,861       1,373       4,505       5,439  
    Non-GAAP operating income   $ 231,219     $ 170,985     $ 452,753     $ 322,598  
    RECONCILIATION OF OTHER INCOME, NET, TO NON-GAAP OTHER INCOME, NET
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total other income, net   $ 12,220     $ 7,512     $ 17,351     $ 17,052  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile other income, net to non-GAAP other income, net:                                
    Deferred compensation plan income     (5,580 )     (1,266 )     (4,230 )     (5,285 )
    Non-GAAP other income, net   $ 6,640     $ 6,246     $ 13,121     $ 11,767  
    RECONCILIATION OF INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES TO NON-GAAP INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total income before income taxes   $ 176,978     $ 124,048     $ 350,868     $ 229,075  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile income before income taxes to non-GAAP income before income taxes:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     60,280       52,704       114,091       104,473  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     320       372       640       663  
    Deferred compensation plan expense, net     281       106       275       153  
    Non-GAAP income before income taxes   $ 237,859     $ 177,230     $ 465,874     $ 334,364  
    2025 THIRD QUARTER OUTLOOK
    RECONCILIATION OF GROSS MARGIN TO NON-GAAP GROSS MARGIN
    (Unaudited)
           
        Three Months Ending  
        September 30, 2025  
        Low
      High
    Gross margin     54.9 %     55.5 %
    Adjustment to reconcile gross margin to non-GAAP gross margin:                
    Stock-based compensation and other expenses     0.3 %     0.3 %
    Non-GAAP gross margin     55.2 %     55.8 %
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES TO NON-GAAP OPERATING EXPENSES
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
         
        Three Months Ending
        September 30, 2025
        Low   High
    Operating expenses   $ 201,300     $ 207,300  
    Adjustments to reconcile operating expenses to non-GAAP operating expenses:                
    Stock-based compensation and other expenses     (58,300 )     (60,300 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   $ 143,000     $ 147,000  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Monolithic Power Systems Announces Results for the Second Quarter Ended June 30, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    KIRKLAND, Wash., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. (“MPS”) (Nasdaq: MPWR), a fabless global company that provides high-performance, semiconductor-based power electronics solutions, today announced financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    The financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 were as follows:

    • Revenue was $664.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, a 4.2% increase from $637.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and a 31.0% increase from $507.4 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • GAAP gross margin was 55.1% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared with 55.3% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP gross margin (1) was 55.5% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, excluding the impact of $1.9 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.6 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.3 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, compared with 55.7% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, excluding the impact of $1.6 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.3 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.1 million for deferred compensation plan expense.
    • GAAP operating expenses were $201.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared with $164.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP operating expenses (1) were $137.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, excluding $58.4 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses and $5.3 million for deferred compensation plan expense, compared with $111.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, excluding $51.1 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses and $1.3 million for deferred compensation plan expense.
    • GAAP operating income was $164.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared with $116.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP operating income (1) was $231.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, excluding $60.3 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $5.9 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.3 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, compared with $171.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, excluding $52.7 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $1.4 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.4 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.
    • GAAP other income, net was $12.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared with $7.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP other income, net (1) was $6.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, excluding $5.6 million for deferred compensation plan income, compared with $6.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, excluding $1.3 million for deferred compensation plan income.
    • GAAP income before income taxes was $177.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared with $124.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP income before income taxes (1) was $237.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, excluding $60.3 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.3 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.3 million for net deferred compensation plan expense, compared with $177.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, excluding $52.7 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.4 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.1 million for net deferred compensation plan expense.
    • GAAP net income was $133.7 million and $2.78 per diluted share for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. Comparatively, GAAP net income was $100.4 million and $2.05 per diluted share for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP net income (1) was $202.2 million and $4.21 per diluted share for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, excluding $60.3 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.3 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, $0.3 million for net deferred compensation plan expense and $7.6 million for related tax effects, compared with $155.1 million and $3.17 per diluted share for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, excluding $52.7 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.4 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, $0.1 million for net deferred compensation plan expense and $1.5 million for related tax effects.

    The financial results for the six months ended June 30, 2025 were as follows:

    • Revenue was $1,302.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, a 34.9% increase from $965.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • GAAP gross margin was 55.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, flat as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP gross margin (1) was 55.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, excluding the impact of $3.6 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.6 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.4 million for deferred compensation plan expense, compared with 55.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2024, excluding the impact of $3.5 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.6 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.5 million for deferred compensation plan expense.
    • GAAP operating expenses were $385.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with $321.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP operating expenses (1) were $271.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, excluding $110.5 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $4.1 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.1 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, compared with $215.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, excluding $100.9 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $4.9 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.1 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.
    • GAAP operating income was $333.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with $212.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP operating income (1) was $452.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, excluding $114.1 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $4.5 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.6 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, compared with $322.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, excluding $104.5 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $5.4 million for deferred compensation plan expense and $0.7 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.
    • GAAP other income, net was $17.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with $17.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP other income, net (1) was $13.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, excluding $4.2 million for deferred compensation plan income, compared with $11.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, excluding $5.3 million for deferred compensation plan income.
    • GAAP income before income taxes was $350.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with $229.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP income before income taxes (1) was $465.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, excluding $114.1 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.6 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.3 million for net deferred compensation plan expense, compared with $334.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, excluding $104.5 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.7 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and $0.2 million for net deferred compensation plan expense.
    • GAAP net income was $267.5 million and $5.57 per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2025. Comparatively, GAAP net income was $192.9 million and $3.94 per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Non-GAAP net income (1) was $396.0 million and $8.25 per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2025, excluding $114.1 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.6 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, $0.3 million for net deferred compensation plan expense and $13.5 million for related tax effects, compared with $292.6 million and $5.98 per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2024, excluding $104.5 million for stock-based compensation and related expenses, $0.7 million for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, $0.2 million for net deferred compensation plan expense and $5.6 million for related tax effects.

    The following is a summary of revenue by end market (in thousands):

        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    End Market   2025   2024   2025   2024
    Storage and Computing   $ 195,320     $ 114,955     $ 383,831     $ 221,076  
    Automotive     145,132       87,193       290,036       174,285  
    Enterprise Data     143,964       187,211       276,888       336,938  
    Communications     73,783       43,566       145,454       90,211  
    Consumer     59,663       42,229       116,610       80,303  
    Industrial     46,712       32,277       89,309       62,503  
    Total   $ 664,574     $ 507,431     $ 1,302,128     $ 965,316  

    “Our proven, long-term growth strategy remains intact as we continue our transformation from being a chip-only, semiconductor supplier to a full service, silicon-based solutions provider,” said Michael Hsing, CEO and founder of MPS. 

    Business Outlook

    The following are MPS’s financial targets for the third quarter ending September 30, 2025:

    • Revenue in the range of $710.0 million to $730.0 million.
    • GAAP gross margin between 54.9% and 55.5%. Non-GAAP gross margin (1) between 55.2% and 55.8%, which excludes the impact from stock-based compensation and related expenses as well as the impact from amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.
    • GAAP operating expenses between $201.3 million and $207.3 million. Non-GAAP operating expenses (1) between $143.0 million and $147.0 million, which excludes estimated stock-based compensation and related expenses in the range of $58.3 million to $60.3 million.
    • Total stock-based compensation and related expenses of $60.1 million to $62.1 million including approximately $1.8 million that would be charged to cost of goods sold.
    • Interest and other income in the range of $6.4 million to $6.8 million before foreign exchange gains or losses.
    • Non-GAAP tax rate of 15% for 2025.
    • Fully diluted shares outstanding between 47.9 million and 48.3 million.

    (1) Non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per share, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP other income, net and non-GAAP income before income taxes differ from net income, net income per share, gross margin, operating expenses, operating income, other income, net and income before income taxes determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP net income per share exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, which include stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes in relation to the stock-based compensation, net deferred compensation plan expense, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and related tax effects. Non-GAAP gross margin excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP operating expenses exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP operating income excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP other income, net excludes the effect of deferred compensation plan income. Non-GAAP income before income taxes excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and net deferred compensation plan expense. Projected non-GAAP gross margin excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets. Projected non-GAAP operating expenses exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses. These non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. A schedule reconciling non-GAAP financial measures is included at the end of this press release. MPS utilizes both GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures to assess what it believes to be its core operating performance and to evaluate and manage its internal business and assist in making financial operating decisions. MPS believes that the inclusion of non-GAAP financial measures, together with GAAP measures, provides investors with an alternative presentation useful to investors’ understanding of MPS’s core operating results and trends. Additionally, MPS believes that the inclusion of non-GAAP measures, together with GAAP measures, provides investors with an additional dimension of comparability to similar companies. However, investors should be aware that non-GAAP financial measures utilized by other companies are not likely to be comparable in most cases to the non-GAAP financial measures used by MPS. See the GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations in the tables set forth below.

    Earnings Commentary
    Earnings commentary on the results of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 is available under the Investor Relations page on the MPS website.

    Earnings Webinar
    MPS plans to host a question-and-answer webinar covering its financial results at 2:00 p.m. PT / 5:00 p.m. ET, July 31, 2025. The live event will be held via a Zoom webcast, which can be accessed at: https://mpsic.zoom.us/j/98147401910. The Zoom webcast can also be accessed live over the phone by dialing (669) 444-9171; the webcast ID is 98147401910. A replay of the event will be archived and available for replay for one year under the Investor Relations page on the MPS website.

    Safe Harbor Statement
    This press release contains, and statements that will be made during the accompanying earnings webinar will contain, forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including under the “Business Outlook” section and the quote from our CEO herein, including, among other things, (i) projected revenue, GAAP and non-GAAP gross margin, GAAP and non-GAAP operating expenses, stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, other income before foreign exchange gains or losses, and fully diluted shares outstanding, (ii) our outlook for the third quarter of fiscal year 2025 and the near-term, medium-term and long-term prospects of MPS, including our ability to adapt to changing market conditions, performance against our business plan, our ability to grow despite the various challenges facing our business, our industry and the global economic environment, revenue growth in certain of our market segments, potential new business segments, our continued investment in research and development (“R&D”), expected revenue growth, customers’ acceptance of our new product offerings, the prospects of our new product development, our expectations regarding market and industry segment trends and prospects, and our projected expansion of capacity and the impact it may have on our business, (iii) our ability to penetrate new markets and expand our market share, (iv) the seasonality of our business, (v) our ability to reduce our expenses, and (vi) statements regarding the assumptions underlying or relating to any statement described in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v). These forward-looking statements are not historical facts or guarantees of future performance or events, are based on current expectations, estimates, beliefs, assumptions, goals, and objectives, and involve significant known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different from the results expressed by these statements. Readers of this press release and listeners to the accompanying earnings webinar are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, continued uncertainties in the global economy, including due to the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts, global tariffs and retaliatory measures and announcements regarding same, inflation, consumer sentiment and other factors; adverse events arising from orders or regulations of governmental entities, including such orders or regulations that impact our customers or suppliers, and adoption of new or amended accounting standards; adverse changes in laws and government regulations such as tariffs on imports of foreign goods, export regulations and export classifications, and tax laws (including the recent H.R.1 Act signed into law on July 4, 2025) or the interpretation of same, including in foreign countries where MPS has offices or operations; the effect of export controls, trade and economic sanctions regulations and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets, particularly in China; our ability to obtain governmental licenses and approvals for international trading activities or technology transfers, including export licenses; acceptance of, or demand for, our products, in particular the new products launched recently, being different than expected; our ability to increase market share in our targeted markets; difficulty in predicting or budgeting for future customer demand and channel inventories, expenses and financial contingencies (including as a result of any continuing impact from the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts); our ability to efficiently and effectively develop new products and receive a return on our R&D expense investment; our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers; our ability to meet customer demand for our products due to constraints on our third-party suppliers’ ability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products or otherwise; our ability to expand manufacturing capacity to support future growth; adverse changes in production and testing efficiency of our products; any political, cultural, military, regulatory, economic, foreign exchange and operational changes in China, where a significant portion of our manufacturing capacity comes from; any market disruptions or interruptions in our schedule of new product development releases; our ability to manage our inventory levels; adequate supply of our products from our third-party manufacturing partners; adverse changes or developments in the semiconductor industry generally, which is cyclical in nature, and our ability to adjust our operations to address such changes or developments; the ongoing consolidation of companies in the semiconductor industry; competition generally and the increasingly competitive nature of our industry; our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of companies and products that MPS acquires, and our ability to effectively and efficiently integrate these acquired companies and products into our operations; the risks, uncertainties and costs of litigation in which MPS is involved; the outcome of any upcoming trials, hearings, motions and appeals; the adverse impact on our financial performance if our tax and litigation provisions are inadequate; our ability to effectively manage our growth and attract and retain qualified personnel; the effect of epidemics and pandemics on the global economy and on our business; the risks associated with the financial market, economy, global tariffs and retaliatory measures and announcements regarding same, and geopolitical uncertainties, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts; and other important risk factors identified under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, including, but not limited to, our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 3, 2025. MPS assumes no obligation to update the information in this press release or in the accompanying earnings webinar.

    About Monolithic Power Systems

    Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. (“MPS”) is a fabless global company that provides high-performance, semiconductor-based power electronics solutions. MPS’s mission is to reduce energy and material consumption to improve all aspects of quality of life. Founded in 1997 by our CEO Michael Hsing, MPS has three core strengths: deep system-level knowledge, strong semiconductor expertise, and innovative proprietary technologies in the areas of semiconductor processes, system integration, and packaging. These combined advantages enable MPS to deliver reliable, compact, and monolithic solutions that are highly energy-efficient, cost-effective, and environmentally responsible while providing a consistent return on investment to our stockholders. MPS can be contacted through its website at www.monolithicpower.com or its support offices around the world.

    Monolithic Power Systems, MPS, and the MPS logo are registered trademarks of Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. in the U.S. and trademarked in certain other countries. 

    Contact:
    Bernie Blegen
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
    408-826-0777
    MPSInvestor.Relations@monolithicpower.com 

     
    Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Unaudited, in thousands, except par value)
     
        June 30,   December 31,
        2025   2024
    ASSETS                
    Current assets:                
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 787,382     $ 691,816  
    Short-term investments     358,695       171,130  
    Accounts receivable, net     194,821       172,518  
    Inventories     490,642       419,611  
    Other current assets     87,217       109,978  
    Total current assets     1,918,757       1,565,053  
    Property and equipment, net     563,885       494,945  
    Acquisition-related intangible assets, net     9,364       9,938  
    Goodwill     25,944       25,944  
    Deferred tax assets, net     1,309,981       1,326,840  
    Other long-term assets     144,279       194,377  
    Total assets   $ 3,972,210     $ 3,617,097  
                     
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
    Current liabilities:                
    Accounts payable   $ 129,919     $ 102,526  
    Accrued compensation and related benefits     81,296       63,918  
    Other accrued liabilities     172,293       128,123  
    Total current liabilities     383,508       294,567  
    Income tax liabilities     73,185       65,193  
    Other long-term liabilities     113,449       111,570  
    Total liabilities     570,142       471,330  
    Commitments and contingencies                
    Stockholders’ equity:                
    Common stock and additional paid-in capital: $0.001 par value; shares authorized: 150,000; shares issued and outstanding: 47,892 and 47,823, respectively     822,582       706,817  
    Retained earnings     2,603,177       2,487,461  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (23,691 )     (48,511 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     3,402,068       3,145,767  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,972,210     $ 3,617,097  
                     
    Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Revenue   $ 664,574     $ 507,431     $ 1,302,128     $ 965,316  
    Cost of revenue     298,558       226,853       582,882       432,297  
    Gross profit     366,016       280,578       719,246       533,019  
    Operating expenses:                                
    Research and development     96,266       77,945       188,493       153,935  
    Selling, general and administrative     104,992       86,097       197,236       167,061  
    Total operating expenses     201,258       164,042       385,729       320,996  
    Operating income     164,758       116,536       333,517       212,023  
    Other income, net     12,220       7,512       17,351       17,052  
    Income before income taxes     176,978       124,048       350,868       229,075  
    Income tax expense     43,252       23,682       83,351       36,168  
    Net income   $ 133,726     $ 100,366     $ 267,517     $ 192,907  
                                     
    Net income per share:                                
    Basic   $ 2.79     $ 2.06     $ 5.59     $ 3.96  
    Diluted   $ 2.78     $ 2.05     $ 5.57     $ 3.94  
    Weighted-average shares outstanding:                                
    Basic     47,887       48,687       47,869       48,660  
    Diluted     48,019       48,945       48,012       48,935  
                                     
    RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NON-GAAP NET INCOME
    (Unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Net income   $ 133,726     $ 100,366     $ 267,517     $ 192,907  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to non-GAAP net income:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     60,280       52,704       114,091       104,473  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     320       372       640       663  
    Deferred compensation plan expense, net     281       106       275       153  
    Tax effect     7,573       1,528       13,470       (5,628 )
    Non-GAAP net income   $ 202,180     $ 155,076     $ 395,993     $ 292,568  
                                     
    Non-GAAP net income per share:                                
    Basic   $ 4.22     $ 3.19     $ 8.27     $ 6.01  
    Diluted   $ 4.21     $ 3.17     $ 8.25     $ 5.98  
                                     
    Shares used in the calculation of non-GAAP net income per share:                                
    Basic     47,887       48,687       47,869       48,660  
    Diluted     48,019       48,945       48,012       48,935  
                                     
    RECONCILIATION OF GROSS MARGIN TO NON-GAAP GROSS MARGIN
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Gross profit   $ 366,016     $ 280,578     $ 719,246     $ 533,019  
    Gross margin     55.1 %     55.3 %     55.2 %     55.2 %
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile gross profit to non-GAAP gross profit:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     1,915       1,635       3,621       3,535  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     287       339       574       597  
    Deferred compensation plan expense     605       100       442       540  
    Non-GAAP gross profit   $ 368,823     $ 282,652     $ 723,883     $ 537,691  
    Non-GAAP gross margin     55.5 %     55.7 %     55.6 %     55.7 %
                                     
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES TO NON-GAAP OPERATING EXPENSES
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total operating expenses   $ 201,258     $ 164,042     $ 385,729     $ 320,996  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile total operating expenses to non-GAAP total operating expenses:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     (58,365 )     (51,069 )     (110,470 )     (100,938 )
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     (33 )     (33 )     (66 )     (66 )
    Deferred compensation plan expense     (5,256 )     (1,273 )     (4,063 )     (4,899 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   $ 137,604     $ 111,667     $ 271,130     $ 215,093  
                                     
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING INCOME TO NON-GAAP OPERATING INCOME
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total operating income   $ 164,758     $ 116,536     $ 333,517     $ 212,023  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile total operating income to non-GAAP total operating income:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     60,280       52,704       114,091       104,473  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     320       372       640       663  
    Deferred compensation plan expense     5,861       1,373       4,505       5,439  
    Non-GAAP operating income   $ 231,219     $ 170,985     $ 452,753     $ 322,598  
                                     
    RECONCILIATION OF OTHER INCOME, NET, TO NON-GAAP OTHER INCOME, NET
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total other income, net   $ 12,220     $ 7,512     $ 17,351     $ 17,052  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile other income, net to non-GAAP other income, net:                                
    Deferred compensation plan income     (5,580 )     (1,266 )     (4,230 )     (5,285 )
    Non-GAAP other income, net   $ 6,640     $ 6,246     $ 13,121     $ 11,767  
                                     
    RECONCILIATION OF INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES TO NON-GAAP INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Total income before income taxes   $ 176,978     $ 124,048     $ 350,868     $ 229,075  
                                     
    Adjustments to reconcile income before income taxes to non-GAAP income before income taxes:                                
    Stock-based compensation and related expenses     60,280       52,704       114,091       104,473  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     320       372       640       663  
    Deferred compensation plan expense, net     281       106       275       153  
    Non-GAAP income before income taxes   $ 237,859     $ 177,230     $ 465,874     $ 334,364  
                                     
    2025 THIRD QUARTER OUTLOOK
    RECONCILIATION OF GROSS MARGIN TO NON-GAAP GROSS MARGIN
    (Unaudited)
        Three Months Ending
        September 30, 2025
        Low   High
    Gross margin     54.9 %     55.5 %
    Adjustment to reconcile gross margin to non-GAAP gross margin:                
    Stock-based compensation and other expenses     0.3 %     0.3 %
    Non-GAAP gross margin     55.2 %     55.8 %
                     
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES TO NON-GAAP OPERATING EXPENSES
    (Unaudited, in thousands)
        Three Months Ending
        September 30, 2025
        Low   High
    Operating expenses   $ 201,300     $ 207,300  
    Adjustments to reconcile operating expenses to non-GAAP operating expenses:                
    Stock-based compensation and other expenses     (58,300 )     (60,300 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   $ 143,000     $ 147,000  
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Luján Presses President Trump’s New NTIA Administrator on Day One: Stop Delaying Broadband Funds for New Mexico

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator Ben Ray Luján (D-New Mexico)

    Washington, D.C. – U.S. Senator Ben Ray Luján (D-N.M.), Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on Telecommunications and Media, called on Arielle Roth, the recently confirmed Administrator of the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), to fulfill her responsibility to fully implement programs authorized and funded by Congress – specifically, the Digital Equity Act and the Broadband Equity, Access, and Deployment (BEAD) Program. Senator Luján urged Roth to make her first act as Administrator the immediate restoration of suspended digital equity grants and the release of approved federal funding to connect all New Mexicans to broadband.

    “Now that you have been confirmed as Administrator of the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), I urge you to fulfill your commitments to Congress that you will ‘follow the law,’ ‘act impartially,’ and ‘deliver the best broadband service possible for all Americans,’” said Senator Luján. “Your first act as Administrator should be to immediately restore the suspended digital equity grants and swiftly approve and release BEAD funding to states like New Mexico.”

    “Congressionally appropriated funds for the Digital Equity Act and the BEAD program are not optional – they are essential.  They represent not only a historic investment in our infrastructure, but a statutory obligation to the people of New Mexico and every unserved and underserved community across this country,” concluded Senator Luján.

    As Ranking Member of the Commerce Subcommittee on Telecommunications and Media, Senator Luján is a strong champion for 100% broadband connectivity. Senator Luján has  pressed Commerce Secretary Lutnick multiple times and called on President Trump directly to release funding for the BEAD program.

    In the 118th Congress, Senator Luján introduced the bipartisan Tribal Connect Act to make it easier for Tribes to secure high-speed internet access at Tribal Essential Community-Serving Institutions through the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) Universal Service Fund (USF) Schools and Libraries Program, or E-Rate program. 

    In the 117th Congress, Senator Luján introduced legislation to help close the homework gap by equipping school buses with Wi-Fi technology and improving financing options for broadband deployment.

    The full letter can be found here or below:

    Dear Ms. Roth: 

    Now that you have been confirmed as Administrator of the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), I urge you to fulfill your commitments to Congress that you will “follow the law,” “act impartially,” and “deliver the best broadband service possible for all Americans.”

    This responsibility includes fully implementing programs authorized and funded by Congress under the Bipartisan Infrastructure and Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA), specifically the Digital Equity Act and the Broadband Equity, Access, and Deployment (BEAD) Program. Your first act as Administrator should be to immediately restore the suspended digital equity grants and swiftly approve and release BEAD funding to states like New Mexico. 

    The Digital Equity Act represents a Congressionally mandated $2.75 billion investment to advance digital inclusion for historically underserved populations across this county. New Mexico, a state with deep rural divides, Tribal lands, and persistent poverty, was awarded more than $8 million to launch programs such as digital navigators, workforce development, and cybersecurity training. These funds were designed to reach nearly two million residents who still face significant barriers that prevent them from fully participating in the digital world. 

    As you noted, “[m]aking sure Americans have the resources and skills they need to participate in the digital economy was part of the IIJA and I will follow the law.” 2 You also stated that once confirmed you would “commit to implementing NTIA’s statutory requirements, including with respect to the Digital Equity Act.” 3 Distribution of these digital equity funds is not a discretionary choice, it is a statutory obligation. You must uphold your commitment to follow the law by immediately reinstating and resuming the disbursement of funds awarded under the Digital Equity Act.

    Congress also created the $42.45 billion BEAD Program to finish the job of connecting nearly 25 million Americans that continue to wait for affordable, high-speed, reliable internet service. The BEAD program is our once-in-a-century opportunity to finish closing the digital divide and states have already invested years in developing implementation plans tailored to local needs, technical realities, and the bipartisan intent of Congress. 

    As NTIA Administrator you must uphold the statutory flexibility given to the states. This includes:

    1. No new delays. The BEAD Restructuring Policy Notice should not be used to further delay approvals or revisit established allocations—such as the over $675 million allocated to New Mexico.
    2. A meaningful low-cost service option. Internet service providers that win BEAD funding must offer a low-cost service option that is affordable and high-speed, not just a box checking exercise. 
    3. Deference for local expertise. States are best suited to determine what technology is appropriate for their terrain and therefore must be afforded deference on priority project determinations, so long as they meet the speed, latency and scalability requirements of IIJA.

    Failing to adhere to these statutory requirements and current approval timeline risks setting broadband deployment back by years.

    Moreover, Congress also explicitly authorized states to use BEAD funding for a variety of uses beyond deployment. These uses include data collection, broadband mapping, planning, installation of Internet connections within multifamily residential buildings where low-income residents live, broadband adoption efforts, including programs to provide affordable internet-capable devices, and other uses as determined by the Assistant Secretary. It is important to follow the law and release non-deployment guidance as soon as possible.

    I request that you respond to these questions by August 15, 2025.

    1. The IIJA included $2.75 billion to support three grant programs under the Digital Equity Act to equip individuals and communities with the skills and tools needed for full participation in all aspects of society. Earlier this year, the states’ Capacity Grants were wrongfully terminated as were the Competitive Grant grantees and the others recommended for an award. In accordance with the law, when will you reinstate the grant programs under the Digital Equity Act? Please provide a specific date.
    2. States would already have shovels in the ground if not for the delays this administration introduced with the initial 90 day extension and subsequent June 6th Public Notice. Will you commit to no further delays and approve States’ BEAD Plans within 90 days of submission?
    3. Congress authorized BEAD funds for non-deployment uses, including affordability and adoption. Further guidance from NTIA should not hinder states’ ability to exercise discretion granted by statute to use funds for non-deployment. When will you release the updated guidance for these uses? Please provide a specific date.

    We share the goals of connecting every American to broadband and ensuring that broadband is affordable to low-income Americans. Congressionally appropriated funds for the Digital Equity Act and the BEAD program are not optional – they are essential. They represent not only a historic investment in our infrastructure, but a statutory obligation to the people of New Mexico and every unserved and underserved community across this country. 

    I look forward to your response.

    Respectfully,

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Zoom to Release Financial Results for the Second Quarter of Fiscal Year 2026

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN JOSE, Calif., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Zoom Communications, Inc. (NASDAQ: ZM) today announced it will release its financial results for the second quarter of fiscal year 2026 on Thursday, August 21, 2025, after the market closes.

    A live Zoom Webinar of the event can be accessed at 2:00 pm PT / 5:00 pm ET through Zoom’s investor relations website at https://investors.zoom.com. A replay will be available approximately two hours after the conclusion of the live event.

    About Zoom
    Zoom’s mission is to provide an AI-first work platform for human connection. Reimagine teamwork with Zoom Workplace — Zoom’s open collaboration platform with AI Companion empowers teams to be more productive. Together with Zoom Workplace, Zoom’s Business Services for sales, marketing, and customer experience teams, including Zoom Contact Center, strengthen customer relationships throughout the customer lifecycle. Founded in 2011, Zoom is publicly traded (NASDAQ:ZM) and headquartered in San Jose, California. Get more information at zoom.com.

    Public Relations
    Colleen Rodriguez
    Head of Global PR for Zoom
    press@zoom.us

    Investor Relations
    Charles Eveslage
    Head of Investor Relations for Zoom
    investors@zoom.us

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Fidus Investment Corporation Schedules Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Release and Conference Call

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EVANSTON, Ill., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Fidus Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: FDUS) (“Fidus” or the “Company”) today announced that it will report its second quarter 2025 financial results on Thursday, August 7, 2025 after the close of the financial markets.

    Management will host a conference call to discuss the operating and financial results at 9:00am ET on Friday, August 8, 2025. To participate in the conference call, please dial (844) 808-7136 approximately 10 minutes prior to the call. International callers should dial (412) 317-0534. Please ask to be joined into the Fidus Investment Corporation call.

    A live webcast of the conference call will be available at https://investor.fdus.com/news-events/events-presentations. Please access the website 15 minutes prior to the start of the call to download and install any necessary audio software.

    A webcast replay of the conference call will be available two hours after the call on the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    ABOUT FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

    Fidus Investment Corporation provides customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies, which management generally defines as U.S. based companies with revenues between $10 million and $150 million. The Company’s investment objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns by generating both current income from debt investments and capital appreciation from equity related investments. Fidus seeks to partner with business owners, management teams and financial sponsors by providing customized financing for change of ownership transactions, recapitalizations, strategic acquisitions, business expansion and other growth initiatives.

    Fidus is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In addition, for tax purposes, Fidus has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Fidus was formed in February 2011 to continue and expand the business of Fidus Mezzanine Capital, L.P., which commenced operations in May 2007 and is licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration as a Small Business Investment Company (SBIC).

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain certain forward-looking statements which are based upon current expectations and are inherently uncertain, including, but not limited to, statements about the future performance and financial condition of the Company, the prospects of our existing and prospective portfolio companies, the financial condition and ability of our existing and prospective portfolio companies to achieve their objectives, and the timing, form and amount of any distributions or supplemental dividends in the future. Any such statements, other than statements of historical fact, are likely to be affected by other unknowable future events and conditions, including elements of the future that are or are not under the Company’s control, and that the Company may or may not have considered, such as changes in the financial and lending markets and the impact of interest rate volatility, including the decommissioning of LIBOR and rising interest rates; accordingly, such statements cannot be guarantees or assurances of any aspect of future performance. Actual developments and results are highly likely to vary materially from these estimates and projections of the future as a result of a number of factors related to changes in the markets in which the Company invests, changes in the financial, capital, and lending markets, and other factors described from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such statements speak only as of the time when made, and are based on information available to the Company as of the date hereof and are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any such statement now or in the future, except as required by applicable law.

    The MIL Network